FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW 4G Mobile phone

 

User Manual LM-X210LMW User Manual User Manual All rights are reserved. No part of this document may be reproduced without permission. While all efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy of all the contents in this manual, we assume no liability for errors or omissions or statements of any kind in this manual, whether such errors or omissions or statements resulting from negligence, accidents, or any other cause. The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice. Protect our environment! We strive to produce products in compliance with global environmental standards. Please consult your local authorities for proper disposal. Note: User Manual is just to guide the user about the functionality of the phone. It is not a certificate of technology. Some functions may vary due to modifications and upgrade of software, or due to printing mistake. LG support and contact Information Visit: http://www.mimicromax.comfor additional downloads and services related to your LG product. To check for the nearest LG service center maintenance services, please visit:

http://www.mimicromax.com Service Center number No. : 1860-500-8286

(Available from Monday to Saturday, between 10:00AM to 6:00PM) It is advisable to charge battery to 100% before start using phone for better battery life location for information, User Manual 1- Welcome ...................................................................... 6 1.1. Exciting Features ....................................................... 6 2- Phone Layout ............................................................... 8 2.1. Keys and Parts .......................................................... 8 1. USB Jack ...................................................................... 8 2. Earphone Jack .............................................................. 8 3. Receiver ....................................................................... 8 4. Front Camera ............................................................... 8 5. Front Flash ................................................................... 8 6. Screen 8 7. Menu Key ..................................................................... 8 8. Home Key ..................................................................... 8 9. Back Key ...................................................................... 8 10. Volume Key ................................................................ 8 Neo One 1 User Manual 11. Power Key................................................................... 8 12. Rear Flash .................................................................. 8 13. Rear Camera .............................................................. 8 14. Speaker ...................................................................... 8 15. Finger print ................................................................. 8 2.2. Icons and Indicators ................................................... 8 3- Getting Started ............................................................. 9 3.1. Insert SIM card .......................................................... 9 3.3. Unlock the Phone .................................................... 10 3.4. Using the Touch screen ............................................ 11 3.5. Using the Phones Buttons ....................................... 12 3.6. Context Menus......................................................... 12 3.7. Options menus......................................................... 13 3.8. Menu Icons .............................................................. 13 Neo One 2 User Manual 4-Placing and Receiving Calls ........................................ 13 4.1. Make a Call .............................................................. 13 4.2. Disable Phone Calls (Airplane mode) ...................... 14 4.3. Disable SIM card ..................................................... 14 5-The Home Screen ....................................................... 14 The status bar shows the time, signal strength, battery status, and notification. ................................................ 15 5.1. Open and Close the Launcher ................................. 15 5.2. Switch to Recently Used Application ........................ 16 5.3. Customize Home Screen ......................................... 16 6-Connect to the Internet ................................................ 17 6.1. To configure your Internet: ....................................... 17 6.2. Access Internet via Wi-Fi ......................................... 17 7-Managing Notifications ................................................ 18 7.1. Open the Notifications Panel ................................... 18 Neo One 3 User Manual 7.2. Respond to Notifications .......................................... 18 7.3. Close Notifications Panel ......................................... 18 8-Messaging ................................................................... 19 8.1. Message environment & Settings ............................ 19 8.2. Using the Onscreen Keyboard ................................. 19 8.3. Create and Send Multimedia Message .................... 21 8.4. Operation on a message:......................................... 21 9-Multimedia ................................................................... 22 9.1. Camera .................................................................... 22 9.2. Photos ..................................................................... 23 9.3. Share an image ....................................................... 23 9.4. Music ....................................................................... 23 9.5. FM Radio ................................................................. 24 9.6. Record Sounds ........................................................ 24 Neo One 4 User Manual 9.7. Make Screenshot ..................................................... 24 9.8. New features of the volume control.......................... 25 10-Connect to Networks and Devices ............................. 25 10.1. Connect to PC ....................................................... 25 10.2. Connect to Internet ................................................ 27 10.3. Connect to Wi-Fi Networks .................................... 27 10.4. Pair with Bluetooth Devices ................................... 27 10.5. Connect to Internet via your Phone........................ 27 10.6. Install Secure Certificate from SD Card ................. 27 11-Download Applications ............................................... 28 12-Phone Settings .......................................................... 29 13- FCC STATEMENT .................................................... 29 14- Health and Safety Information .................................. 30 LG warranty certificate ................................................. 37 Neo One 5 User Manual Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the LG mobile phone. Your phone provides many functions which are practical for daily use, such as a hands-free loudspeaker, camera, MP3 player, internet and much more. You can read the manual to understand how to use Neo 1 Mobile phone and experience the well-established functions and simple operation method. Please use the original accessory in order to achieve the best use of effects. Use of non-original components may lead to damage caused to the machinery, in which case LG shall not be responsible. LG Warranty Certificate enclosed at the end. 1.1. Exciting Features Android P 5.7 inch Screen Cameras (Front 8MP and Back 13MP&5MP) External Memory (Expandable upto 128 GB) Dual SIM Multimedia player Gravity sensor Wi-Fi GPS Battery 4000mAh Neo One 6 User Manual For your safety Read this simple guideline. Avoiding them may be dangerous or illegal. Read the complete user manual for further information. Do not switch your phone on when the use of wireless devices is prohibited or when the wireless device may cause interference or danger. Do not use your phone while driving. Follow relevant rules or regulations in hospitals and health care facilities. Switch your phone off near medical devices. Switch your phone off in an aircraft. The radio signal from it may cause interference in signals of the aircraft. Switch your phone off near high-precision electronic devices. It may affect the per for mance of these devices. Do not attempt to disassemble your phone or its accessories. Only qualified personnel may service or repair the phone. Do not place your phone and its accessories in containers with strong electromagnetic field. Do not place magnetic storage media near your phone. Radiation from the phone may erase the information stored on them. Do not put your phone in a high-temperature place or use it in a place with flammable gas such as a petrol pumps. Keep your phone and its accessories away from children. Do not allow children to use your phone without guidance. Respect others privacy and legal rights when using your phone. Neo One 7 User Manual 1- PHONE LAYOUT 2.1. Keys and Parts 1. USB Jack 4. Front Camera 7. Menu Key 10. Volume Key 13. Rear Camera 2. Earphone Jack 5. Front Flash 8. Home Key 11. Power Key 14. Speaker 3. Receiver 6. Screen 9. Back Key 12. Rear Flash 15. Finger print 2.2. Icons and Indicators Icons Indicators Signal strength indicator New missed calls Icons Indicators Alarm has been set Wi-Fi is activated Neo One 8 User Manual Airplane mode is activated The headphone is being used New received message Bluetooth is on Battery charging symbol 2- GETTING STARTED 3.1. Insert SIM card Neo1 is a Dual SIM mobile phone allowing you to use the facility of two networks. Both sim have micro slot. To insert SIM card(s):

Turn off the phone and use the ejector pin to remove the card slot. Insert the SIM card correctly in the card slot(s). (see below fig) Insert SIM card carefully!

Finally inserted into the card slot. Neo One 9 User Manual 3.2. Insert Memory card Neo1 allows you to expand external memory with a micro SD card, up to 128 GB. Turn off the phone and use the ejector pin to remove the card slot. Insert the memory card into the slot. Finally inserted into the card slot. Use only compatible memory cards. Incompatible memory cards may damage the card or the device will corrupt the data stored in the card. 3.3. Unlock the Phone You may need to provide PIN, Password, Fingerprint or draw a pattern to unlock your phone. To unlock the screen:

Press the power key to wake up the phone. Hold and drag the unlock icon to upside to unlock. Neo One 10 User Manual You may be required to unlock your phone based on the unlock method in settings. To set the unlock method:

On the main menu, touch Settings > Security & Location. Touch set up screen lock. Choose the type of locking as desired. You can set your screen lock on the basis of pattern, PIN, Password, Fingerprint ,Face Unlock or none. 3.4. Using the Touch screen You can use the touch screen in the following ways:

Touch: Acts on items on the screen, such as application and settings icons, to type letters and symbols using the onscreen keyboard, or to press onscreen buttons. Touch and hold: Touch and hold an item on the screen until an action occurs. Drag: Touch and hold an item and move your finger on the Neo One 11 User Manual screen until you reach the target position. Swipe or slide: Quickly slide your finger across the surface of the screen, (without dragging an item). For example, slide the screen up or down to scroll a list, Pinch: In some applications (Such as Browser, and Photos) you can zoom in and out by placing two fingers on the screen at once and pinching them together (to zoom out) or spreading them apart (to zoom in). Rotate the screen: On most screens, the orientation of the screen changes as you rotate it. You can turn this feature ON and OFF. 3.5. Using the Phones Buttons The phones buttons offer a lot of functions and shortcuts. Button Press Menu: This is used for recent application Home: returns to Home screen. Back: Returns to the main screen. The phone provides you with Context menus and Options menus for accessing the features in an intuitive way. 3.6. Context Menus You can open context menu by touching key. Not all screens have context menus. Examples of context menu from Contacts and call environment. or Neo One 12 User Manual 3.7. Options menus When you touch and hold some items on a screen, an Options menu opens. 3.8. Menu Icons You have the following menu icons to easily let you access its important features:

Opens the dialer Opens messages Opens the browser 4-PLACING AND RECEIVING CALLS You can dial a phone number or touch a number in your contacts. You can also place from the call log or contacts. 4.1. Make a Call Tap the icon on main menu or the home screen to dial Neo One 13 the desired number. User Manual icon on main menu or the home screen to Touch the make a call from contact, groups or favorites. To dial an international number, touch and hold the 0 key to enter the Plus (+) symbol, and then enter the international country prefix, followed by the phone number icon to end a call. icon to call with SIM 1 or SIM 2. Touch the Press the Volume Up/ Down keys to adjust the call volume. You can access Call Logs, Contacts from the dialer screen. While during a call, touch the 4.2. Disable Phone Calls (Airplane mode) Some locations like airplanes may require you to turn off your mobile, Wi-Fi, and Bluetooth wireless connections. Touch the drop down from the top to open the status bar.. Touch the Airplane mode. 4.3. Disable SIM card If you want to close the SIM card, go to:

SettingsNetwork & internet

> SIM cards.

> turn off SIM1/SIM2 5-THE HOME SCREEN When you sign in, the home screen opens. The Home screen is your starting point to access all the features on your phone. Neo One 14 User Manual The status bar shows the time, signal strength, battery status, and notification. Touch and hold to move or remove an icon or a widget. 5.1. Open and Close the Launcher The phone is directly on the main menu after booting. Neo One 15 User Manual You have access to all applications installed on your device and their widgets when available. Touch an application to open and launch it. To add an application shortcut to another location, press and hold it until it enters the desired location. Place it and release your finger. Slide the Launcher left or right to bring more icons into view. As soon as you install a new application, it comes in this list. Widgets come when you long press on the home screen. You can touch WIDGETS directly. You cannot launch widget like an application; you can only place it on desktop screen. Press and hold it until it enters Home screen. Place it and release your finger. A context menu opens to configure the widget or resize it, naturally, it depends on the widget. 5.2. Switch to Recently Used Application Slippery application. Touch an icon to open its application. Or press return to the current application. 5.3. Customize Home Screen You can add applications, shortcuts, widgets, and other items to any part of the Home screen or change the wallpaper. Widgets:

Long press on home screen for widgets. Drag a widget to a home screen: Touch and hold the widgets icon, slide your finger where you want to place it, and lift your finger. You may be asked to make further choices before the widget activates. If there isnt room where you dropped it, the widget wont get added to the Home Screen. Wallpapers: Wallpapers are images from Photos, still images included with the system. They take the place of the default background for your Home Screen. recently used for open icon the to Neo One 16 User Manual Touch and hold anywhere on a desktop Home screen thats not occupied. A list of options appears. Touch the following wallpaper source:

o Device folders: Choose from pictures that youve taken with camera or downloaded to your device. To set wallpaper, touch right option then select Set wallpaper. Folders: You can very easily regroup desktop icons in a folder on screen to save space and access more applications. Touch and hold any icon on desktop screen to move it. Go on another icon and release to create a folder containing both icons. Then add as many icons as folder can hold, give it a name, move it where you want. You have all the tools to customize your Phone. 6-CONNECT TO THE INTERNET 6.1. To configure your Internet:

Go to Settings > Network & internet > Data usage >Turn on Mobile data By default, your network provider sends the Access Point Name settings via SMS, or it comes automatically with your SIM card. You may need to install these settings. After this, you can choose from the listed access point names. If the access point names are not listed by default, please contact your network provider for the same. To add any operator Access point Name, go to settings >

Network & internet > Mobile network > Advanced> Access point Names>add. After you have selected or configured the access point name, go to Settings > Network & internet > Data usage to enable Internet connection. 6.2. Access Internet via Wi-Fi To browse the Internet via Wi-Fi:

Go to Settings> Network & internet and then tap Wi-Fi. Neo One 17 User Manual listed under Wi-Fi Next, select the Wi-Fi connection networks. 7-MANAGING NOTIFICATIONS Notification icons inform you of new messages and events. When you receive a notification, its icon appears in the status bar, along with a summary. 7.1. Open the Notifications Panel Drag the status bar down from the top of the screen as shown below:

The Notifications panel displays your network provider name and a list of your current notifications. 7.2. Respond to Notifications Open the notification panel and touch a notification to respond to it. What happens next depends on the notification. 7.3. Close Notifications Panel Drag the tab at the bottom of the Notifications panel to the top of the screen. Or just press the back button. The panel Neo One 18 User Manual also closes when you touch a notification to respond to it. 8-MESSAGING 8.1. Message environment & Settings You can use Messages to exchange text messages and multimedia messages with your friends. Touch to compose a new text or multimedia message. The messages settings allow you notifications, vibrate, message tones, delivery reports and many others. Take a tour and explore messages settings, youll find interesting things. 8.2. Using the Onscreen Keyboard Some applications display the keyboard by default. In others, to set SMS/MMS Neo One 19 User Manual you touch a text field where you want to enter text, to open the keyboard. Recipient zone: write the name, press right icon to enter numbers or press below frequents or all contacts to access contacts list Write your message here. After typing, icon to close the keyboard. press Touch and hold the text field to open a menu and to copy/cut texts. Touch once to capitalize the next letter you type. Touch and hold or double tap for Caps Lock. Secondary characters panel (special, symbols, numbers) Neo One 20 User Manual This is to erase characters 8.3. Create and Send Multimedia Message A Message becomes an MMS if you send it to an email address, or add multimedia file(s). Touch compose new message. Enter or select a mobile phone number. Touch the composition text box and write your message. Touch Attach to attach various types of files. Send the MMS. 8.4. Operation on a message:

Open the message thread containing the message you want to operate. Touch and hold this message until menu bar comes above. Make your choice:

To share the message. To forward a message. To copy the message. To view the message details. Neo One 21 User Manual To delete the message. 9-MULTIMEDIA 9.1. Camera Your cameras pictures and videos are stored in both the SD card and device. You can copy pictures and videos from both the SD card and device to a PC and vice versa. Press to take photo Press to record video Neo One 22 User Manual Click on settings icon for more functions 9.2. Photos You can use the Photos to view pictures, play videos and share files. Touch the Photos icon in the main menu. Touch an album to open and view its contents. Touch a picture or a video in an album to view it. 9.3. Share an image Open the main Photos window. Check or uncheck the image you want to share. Touch the Bluetooth, Email,etc. You can share via email, Bluetooth, and so on. 9.4. Music You can easily transfer your favorite music from your PC to the SD card and experience a whole world of interesting and melodious music. Press the phones volume up/down keys on the right side of icon at the bottom of screen to share via Neo One 23 User Manual to stop and save the recording. to start recording a voice clip. Recording appears the mobile phone to adjust the volume. 9.5. FM Radio You can listen to your favorite FM channels using the inbuilt FM receiver of your phone and a corded earphone (the wire is used as antenna). Record sound Search FM stations Enable speaker Press the phones volume up/down keys on the right side of the mobile phone to adjust the volume. 9.6. Record Sounds Touch the Sound Recorder in the main menu. Tap when it is recording a voice clip. Tap 9.7. Make Screenshot Press and hold for 1 second both Volume Down and Power buttons together. Or also you can long press Power Key to get Screenshot function Tap to make screenshot Neo One 24 User Manual Slide up or down to adjust volume Tap to switch audio profile mode 9.8. New features of the volume control Android P uses the vertical volume interface, which users can pop up by short press the volume button. It is very convenient to switch the Audio Profiles and adjust the volume. 10-CONNECT TO NETWORKS AND DEVICES Your phone can connect to a variety of networks and devices, including Wi-Fi, GPRS, Bluetooth, devices, such as headsets. You can also transfer files to/from your PC through the data cable. 10.1. Connect to PC You can connect your phone to PC via following options:

Connect the phone to your PC with the help of USB cable. Charging this device via USB" notification will be shown. Tap to access all volume settings Touch the notification, to change and connect to other modes. Neo One 25 User Manual File Transfer:This feature will let you manage files on phone and computer at the same time. USB tethering:When the mobile phone is connected to the computer via the USB cable, the computer can access the Internet through the mobile phone's mobile network. MIDI:Let you use the OTG cable to connect to the MIDI keyboard. PTP:Let you transfer photos using camera software and manage pictures on computers. No data transfer: Phone will only charged when select this mode. Neo One 26 User Manual 10.2. Connect to Internet Refer to section 6 for details. 10.3. Connect to Wi-Fi Networks Refer to Section 6 for details. 10.4. Pair with Bluetooth Devices Go to Settings > Connected devices> Pair new device If Bluetooth is off, check Bluetooth to turn it on. Your phone scans and displays the Bluetooth devices in range. If the device you want to pair with is not in the list, make it discoverable. Your phone will remain scanned until it is discoverable by other devices. Touch the ID of the other device in the list Settings to pair them. If you are prompted to for a password, enter any password on one device and enter the same password you entered in the other device to be paired, If the pairing is successful, your phone gets connected to the device. 10.5. Connect to Internet via your Phone You can browse the Internet on your PC using your mobile phone. To do this:

Connect your mobile phone to your PC via the USB cable. Go to Settings> Network & Internet>Hotspot & tethering >

USB Tethering. A prompt for installation will appear on your PC. Proceed as suggested. May be you need to manually install the drivers in PC. 10.6. Install Secure Certificate from SD Card If your VPN or Wi-Fi Network relies on secure certificates, you must obtain the certificates and store them in your phones storage, before you can configure access to those VPN or Wi-Fi networks on your phone. You may need to download the certificates from a website. Neo One 27 User Manual Copy the certificate from your computer to the root of the SD card. Touch Settings> Security & Location. Touch Install from SD card under Credential Storage. Touch the file name of the certificate to install. Only the names of certificates that you have not already installed on your phone are displayed. If prompted, enter the certificates password and touch OK. Enter a name for the certificate and touch OK. 11-DOWNLOAD APPLICATIONS The phone has a default configuration which includes some applications. Discover all others apps by using play store. You will be able to connect with mobile data or Wi-Fi for example, and by signing in the application with just an email. This is what it looks like:

Neo One 28 User Manual 12-PHONE SETTINGS You can go to Settings to customize your phones preferences and behavior in a variety of ways:

Network&inter net Connected devices Apps &

notifications Lets you manage WIFI,mobile,data usage,hotspot,etc. Lets you manage Bluetooth to communicate with other Bluetooth devices,or choose USB connection mode. Lets you view all applications downloaded or on SD card and manage all running applications in devices. The intelligent body feeling.user can customize the function they need. Lets you check the battery level ,status and manage battery usage. Lets you configure how and at what volume the phone rings, vibrates etc. Lets you configure brightness and other screen settings. Lets you see and manage available space on your phone and on your SD card. Lets you set the automatic power on time or shutdown time. Lets you add, remove and manage your Google and other supported accounts. Lets you protect personal information, like adjust your phone's lock, set SIM card lock etc. And set the location related settings. Lets you choose which navigation buttons you like. Here list google services&preferences. Enable your installed accessibility applications and adjust related settings. View information about your phone, such as signal strength, status and phone information. Smart controls Battery Sound Display Storage Scheduled power on/off Accounts Security &

Location Navigation bar Google Accessibility System 13- FCC STATEMENT This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subj ect to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause har mful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interfer ence received, including interference that may cause un Neo One 29 User Manual desired operation. Caution:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment. NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply w ith the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonabl e protection against harmful interference in a residential instal lation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio fr equency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance w ith the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio c ommunications. However, there is no guarantee that interfere nce will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television recepti on, which can be determined by turning the equipment off an d on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.

-Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help important announcement 14- HEALTH AND SAFETY INFORMATION Certification Information (RoHS) We at LG take our social responsibility seriously and are committed to the cause of saving our environment; it is in keeping with these commitments that we are proud to state that LG phones are RoHS complaint. Neo One 30 User Manual Certification Information (SAR) Your phone is designed not to exceed the limits of emission of radio waves recommended by international guidelines. These guidelines include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all persons, regardless of age and health. SAR (specific absorption rate) is the unit of body-absorbed RF quantity when the phone is in use. SAR value is ascertained according to the highest RF level generated during laboratory tests. The true SAR level during phone usage will be far lower than this level. The SAR value of the phone may change depending on factors such as how close you are to a network tower, use of accessories and other enhancements. The Max. SAR Level(s) Reported at 1g : 1.04 W/kg The SAR value may differ depending on national reporting, testing requirements and the network band. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure requirements, use accessories that maintain a 10mm separation distance between the user's body and the back of the handset. The use of belt clips, holsters and similar accessories should not contain metallic components in its assembly. The use of accessories that do not satisfy these requirements may not comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, and should be avoided. SAR Recommendations Use a wireless hands-free system (headphone, headset) with a low power Bluetooth emitter. Please keep your calls short and use SMS whenever more convenient. This advice applies especially to children, adolescents and pregnant women. Prefer to use your cell phone when the signal quality is good. People having active medical implants should preferably keep Neo One 31 User Manual the cell phone at least 15 cm away from the implant. Maintain a preferable distance of 15 cm from the device. Safe Driving Do not use the phone while driving. When you have to use the phone, please use the personal hands-free kit. Please do not put the phone onto any passenger seat or any place from which it may fall down in case of vehicular collision or emergency braking. During Flight Flight is influenced by interference caused by the phone. It is illegal to use a phone on the airplane. Please turn off your phone or switch to flight mode during a flight. In Hospitals Your Phones radio waves may interfere with the functioning medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of the medical device to determine whether they are adequately shielded from external Radio Frequency. Switch off your device when regulations instruct you to do so. Do not carry the wireless device in the upper pocket. Turn off the phone if there is any reason to suspect that interference is taking place. Unsafe Areas Please turn off your phone when you are close to a gas station or in the vicinity of any place where fuel and chemical preparations, or any other dangerous goods are stored. Taking Care of Your Device Your device is a product of superior design and craftsmanship and should be handled with care: The following suggestions will help you protect your phone:

Keep the device dry. If your device gets wet, remove the battery without turning on the device, wipe it with a dry cloth and take it to the service center. Do not store the device in high or cold temperature. High /

Neo One 32 User Manual cold temperature can shorten the life of electronic devices and damage batteries. Do not use or store the device in dusty, dirty areas. Its moving parts and electronic components can be damaged. Do not attempt to open the device other than as instructed in this guide. Repairing the phone by yourself other than our authorized service agents/centers goes against the warranty rules. Do not drop, knock, or shake the device. Rough handling can break internal circuit boards and fine mechanics. Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean the device. Only use a soft, clean, dry cloth to clean the surface of the device. Do not store your device near magnetic fields or allow your device to come in contact with magnetic fields for extended period of time. Battery Recommendations Please put the battery in a well-ventilated place out of direct sunlight. Charge the battery at room temperature range. If the time span of the battery after charging becomes much shorter than usual, the battery life is at an end. Replace the battery with a new battery of the same make and specification. Do not discard the battery with household trash. Please dispose of used battery according to your local environmental laws and guidelines. Use manufacturer approved batteries, chargers, accessories and supplies. We will not be responsible for users safety when using unapproved batteries or accessories. It is advisable to charge battery to 100% before start using phone for better battery life Neo One 33 User Manual Recycle Your Phone The WEEE logo (shown at the left) appears on the product (battery, handset, and charger) to indicate that this product must not be disposed off or dumped with your other household wastes. You are liable to dispose of all your electronic or electrical waste equipment by relocating over to the specified collection point for recycling of such hazardous waste. Collection and proper recovery of your electronic waste equipments at the time of disposal will allow us to help preserve the environment. Recycling of the electronic waste equipment will ensure safety of human health and environment. Dos and Donts for disposal e-waste Dos:

Ensure that an Authorized Person repairs your XOLO products. Call Our Local Authorized Collection Centers to Dispose XOLO products. Always drop your used electronic products, batteries or any accessories thereof after the end of their life at nearest Authorized Collection Point or Collection Center. Separate the packaging material according to responsible waste disposal options and sorting for recycling. Always remove the battery from the product, when you do not intend to use the product anymore it in future. Donts:

Do not Dismantle your XOLO Product on your own Do not give your e-waste to KabbadiWala / Scrap Dealer/ Rag Pickers. Neo One 34 User Manual Do not dispose-off the e-waste in landfills. Never dump E-waste in garbage bins. Do not dispose of your product at municipal waste bins or rooms. Do not throw used batteries into household waste. Consequences of improper handling and disposal of E-Waste Improper disposal of waste prevents natural resources from being re-used. Some waste contains hazardous chemicals and if not disposed of properly may release toxins into the soil and water, and also releases greenhouse gases into the environment If e-waste is not properly disposed of, it can threat to the health and well-being of humans and animals and it also has adverse effect on the environment. Placing of batteries or devices on or in heating devices, such as microwave, ovens, stoves, or radiators and improper disposal of batteries may lead to explosion. If the battery terminals are in contact with metal objects, it may cause a fire. Disclaimers The colors and specifications shown/mentioned in the user manual may differ from the actual product. Images shown are for representation purpose only. Other product logos and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or trade names of their respective owners. The content of this manual may vary from the actual content displayed in the mobile phone. In such a case, the later shall govern. Neo One 35 User Manual We keep the right to make modifications to any of the content in this user guide without public announcement or prior notification. For devices with external power supplies, plug socket should be placed in short distance and easily accessible. Using the wrong type battery replacement there is a danger of explosion, be sure to follow the instructions disposal of used batteries. Copyrights All rights reserved. Reproduction, transfer, distribution or storage of part or all of the contents in any form without the prior written permission of is strictly prohibited. in this document To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels of long periods. To use the device only with the earphones included, never change the earphones included for another one. XOLO support and contact Information Visit :http://www.mimicromax.comfor additional information, downloads and services related to your LG product. To check for the nearest LG service center location for maintenance services, please visit:

http://www.mimicromax.com Service Center number No. : 1860-500-8286

(Available from Monday to Saturday, between 10:00AM to 6:00PM) Neo One 36 User Manual LG warranty certificate Limited warranty:

LG provides limited warranty for your mobile phone and original accessories delivered with your mobile phone

(hereinafter referred to as product) The warranty period for the transceiver is one (1) year and for battery, charger and headset is six (6) months from the date of purchase. LG Warranty Subject to the conditions of this Limited Warranty, LG warrants a product to be free from defects in design, material and workmanship at the time of its original purchase by you, and for a subsequent period of one (1) year for transceiver and six (6) months for battery & charger. You shall have no coverage or benefits under this warranty in the event that any of the following conditions are applicable:

- The product has been subjected to abnormal use or conditions, to 1.excessive moisture or dampness, exposure to excessive temperature, unauthorized modification, unauthorized repair (including but not in repairs),abuse, accidents, Acts of God, spills of food or liquids, improper installation

- You have not notified LG of the defect in the product during the applicable warranty period.

- The product serial no. code or the accessories date code has been removed, defaced or altered.

- The product has been used with or connected to an accessory (i) Not supplied by LG or its affiliates, (ii) Not fit for use with the product or (iii) Used otherwise than in manner intended.

- The seals of the products battery enclosure have been broken or shown evidence of tempering or the products to use of unauthorized spare parts improper storage, exposure limited Neo One 37 User Manual battery has been used in equipment other than that for which it has been specified usable by LG .

- All plastic surfaces and all other externally exposed part that is scratched or damaged due to normal use. To get maximum of your new product, we recommend you to:

- Read the guidelines for safe and efficient use as mentioned in the manual.

- Read the terms and conditions of your LG warranty in the manual.

- Keep your original receipt; you will need it for warranty services if asked to produce.

- Present this LG Warranty Certificate along with original proof of purchase whenever you require any warranty services. In case LG product needs service, please visit the nearest LG service centers given in the service guide. Please visit our Website http://www.mimicromax.com for updated list of Authorized Service Centers near to your location. Important note: for your warranty to be valid, all information on the warranty certificate has to be completed including the stamp from the authorized distributor/retailer. All warranty information, product features and specifications are subject to change without notice. IMEI No. Dealers Stamp . Date of purchase . Model No. Neo One 38

 

 

User Manual LMX210LMW UserManual User Manual Allrightsarereserved.Nopartofthisdocument maybereproducedwithoutpermission. Whilealleffortshavebeenmadetoensuretheaccuracy ofallthecontentsinthismanual,weassumenoliability forerrorsoromissionsorstatementsofanykindinthis manual,whethersucherrorsoromissionsorstatements resultingfromnegligence,accidents,oranyothercause. Thecontentsofthismanualaresubjecttochange withoutnotice. Protect our environment! We strive to produce products in compliance with global environmental standards. Please consultyourlocalauthoritiesforproperdisposal. Note:UserManualisjusttoguidetheuseraboutthe functionalityofthephone.Itisnotacertificateoftechnology. Somefunctionsmayvaryduetomodificationsandupgradeof software,orduetoprintingmistake. LG supportandcontactInformation Visit: http://www.mimicromax.comfor additional downloadsandservicesrelatedtoyourLG product. To check for the nearest LG service center maintenanceservices,pleasevisit:

http://www.mimicromax.com ServiceCenternumber No.:18605008286

(Available from Monday to Saturday, between 10:00AM to 6:00PM) Itisadvisabletochargebatteryto100%beforestartusing phoneforbetterbatterylife location for information, User Manual 1- Welcome ......................................................................... 6 1.1. Exciting Features ......................................................... 6 2- Phone Layout .................................................................. 8 2.1. Keys and Parts ............................................................. 8 1. USB Jack ......................................................................... 8 2. Earphone Jack ................................................................ 8 3. Receiver .......................................................................... 8 4. Front Camera .................................................................. 8 5. Front Flash ...................................................................... 8 6. Screen 8 7. Menu Key ........................................................................ 8 8. Home Key ........................................................................ 8 9. Back Key ......................................................................... 8 10. Volume Key ................................................................... 8 Neo One 1 User Manual 11. Power Key ..................................................................... 8 12. Rear Flash ..................................................................... 8 13. Rear Camera ................................................................. 8 14. Speaker ......................................................................... 8 15. Finger print .................................................................... 8 2.2. Icons and Indicators ..................................................... 8 3- Getting Started ................................................................ 9 3.1. Insert SIM card ............................................................. 9 3.3. Unlock the Phone ....................................................... 10 3.4. Using the Touch screen .............................................. 11 3.5. Using the Phones Buttons ........................................ 12 3.6. Context Menus ........................................................... 12 3.7. Options menus ........................................................... 13 3.8. Menu Icons ................................................................. 13 Neo One 2 User Manual 4-Placing and Receiving Calls .......................................... 13 4.1. Make a Call ................................................................ 13 4.2. Disable Phone Calls (Airplane mode) ....................... 14 4.3. Disable SIM card ........................................................ 14 5-The Home Screen .......................................................... 14 The status bar shows the time, signal strength, battery status, andnotification. ................................................. 15 5.1. Open and Close the Launcher ................................... 15 5.2. Switch to Recently Used Application ......................... 16 5.3. Customize Home Screen ........................................... 16 6-Connect to the Internet .................................................. 17 6.1. To configure your Internet: ......................................... 17 6.2. Access Internet via Wi-Fi ........................................... 17 7-Managing Notifications .................................................. 18 7.1. Open the Notifications Panel ..................................... 18 Neo One 3 User Manual 7.2. Respond to Notifications ............................................ 18 7.3. Close Notifications Panel ........................................... 18 8-Messaging ...................................................................... 19 8.1. Message environment & Settings .............................. 19 8.2. Using the Onscreen Keyboard .................................. 19 8.3. Create and Send Multimedia Message ..................... 21 8.4. Operation on a message: .......................................... 21 9-Multimedia ...................................................................... 22 9.1. Camera ....................................................................... 22 9.2. Photos ........................................................................ 23 9.3. Share an image .......................................................... 23 9.4. Music .......................................................................... 23 9.5. FM Radio .................................................................... 24 9.6. Record Sounds........................................................... 24 Neo One 4 User Manual 9.7. Make Screenshot ....................................................... 24 9.8. New features of the volume control ........................... 25 10-Connect to Networks and Devices .............................. 25 10.1. Connect to PC .......................................................... 25 10.2. Connect to Internet .................................................. 27 10.3. Connect to Wi-Fi Networks ...................................... 27 10.4. Pair with Bluetooth Devices ..................................... 27 10.5. Connect to Internet via your Phone ......................... 27 10.6. Install Secure Certificate from SD Card .................. 27 11-Download Applications ................................................. 28 12-Phone Settings ............................................................. 29 13- FCC STATEMENT ...................................................... 29 14- Health and Safety Information .................................... 30 LG warranty certificate ................................................... 37 Neo One 5 User Manual Welcome Congratulations on your purchase of the LG mobile phone. Your phone provides many functions which are practical for daily use, such as a handsfree loudspeaker, camera, MP3 player,internetandmuchmore. You can read the manual to understand how to use Neo 1 Mobile phone and experience the wellestablished functions and simple operation method. Please use the original accessory in order to achieve the best use of effects. Use of nonoriginal components may lead to damage caused to the machinery, in which case LG shall not be responsible. LG WarrantyCertificateenclosedattheend. 1.1.ExcitingFeatures AndroidP 5.7inchScreen Cameras(Front8MPandBack13MP&5MP) ExternalMemory(Expandableupto128GB) DualSIM Multimediaplayer Gravitysensor WiFi GPS Battery4000mAh Neo One 6 User Manual Foryoursafety Readthissimpleguideline.Avoidingthemmaybedangerous or illegal. Read the complete user manual for further information. Do not switch your phone on when the use of wireless devices is prohibited or when the wireless device may cause interference or danger. Donotuseyourphonewhiledriving. Followrelevantrulesorregulationsinhospitals and health care facilities. Switchyourphoneoffnearmedicaldevices. Switch your phone off in an aircraft. The radio signal from it may causeinterferenceinsignalsoftheaircraft. Switch your phone off near highprecision electronic devices. It mayaffecttheperformanceofthesedevices. Do not attempt to disassemble your phone or its accessories. Only qualifiedpersonnelmayserviceorrepairthephone. Donotplaceyourphoneanditsaccessoriesincontainerswithstrong electromagneticfield. Do not place magnetic storage media near your phone. Radiation fromthephonemayerasetheinformationstoredonthem. Donotputyourphoneinahightemperature place or use it in a place withflammablegassuchasapetrolpumps. Keep your phone and its accessories away from children. Do notallowchildrentouseyourphonewithoutguidance. Respectothersprivacyandlegalrightswhenusingyourphone. Neo One 7 User Manual 1 PHONELAYOUT 2.1.KeysandParts 1.USBJack 4.FrontCamera 7.MenuKey 10.VolumeKey 13.RearCamera 2.EarphoneJack 5.FrontFlash 8.HomeKey 11.PowerKey 14.Speaker 3.Receiver 6.Screen 9.BackKey 12.RearFlash 15.Fingerprint Icons Indicators Alarmhasbeenset Newmissedcalls WiFiisactivated 2.2.IconsandIndicators Icons Indicators Signalstrength indicator Neo One 8 User Manual Airplanemodeis activated Theheadphone isbeingused Newreceived Bluetoothison Batterycharging symbol message 2 GETTINGSTARTED 3.1.InsertSIMcard Neo1 is a Dual SIM mobile phone allowing you to use the facilityoftwonetworks.Bothsimhavemicroslot. ToinsertSIMcard(s):

Turn off the phone and use the ejector pin to remove the cardslot. InserttheSIMcardcorrectlyinthecardslot(s).(seebelow fig) InsertSIMcardcarefully!

Finallyinsertedintothecardslot. Neo One 9 User Manual 3.2.InsertMemorycard Neo1allowsyoutoexpandexternalmemorywithamicroSD card,upto128GB. Turn off the phone and use the ejector pin to remove the cardslot. Insertthememorycardintotheslot. Finallyinsertedintothecardslot. Use only compatible memory cards. Incompatible memory cardsmaydamagethecardorthedevicewillcorruptthedata storedinthecard. 3.3.UnlockthePhone YoumayneedtoprovidePIN,Password,Fingerprintordrawa patterntounlockyourphone. Tounlockthescreen:

Pressthepowerkeytowakeupthephone. Holdanddragtheunlockicontoupsidetounlock. Neo One 10 User Manual You may be required to unlock your phone based on the unlockmethodinsettings. Tosettheunlockmethod:

Onthemainmenu,touchSettings>Security&Location. Touchsetupscreenlock. Choose the type of locking as desired. You can set your screen lock on the basis of pattern, PIN, Password, Fingerprint,FaceUnlockornone. 3.4.UsingtheTouchscreen Youcanusethetouchscreeninthefollowingways:

Touch:Actsonitemsonthescreen,suchasapplicationand settingsicons,totypelettersandsymbolsusingtheonscreen keyboard,ortopressonscreenbuttons. Touchandhold:Touchandholdanitemonthescreenuntil anactionoccurs. Drag:Touchandholdanitemandmoveyourfingeronthe Neo One 11 User Manual screenuntilyoureachthetargetposition. Swipeorslide:Quicklyslideyourfingeracrossthesurfaceof thescreen,(withoutdragginganitem).Forexample,slidethe screenupordowntoscrollalist, Pinch: In some applications (Such as Browser, and Photos) youcanzoominandoutbyplacingtwofingersonthescreen at once and pinching them together (to zoom out) or spreadingthemapart(tozoomin). Rotatethescreen:Onmostscreens,theorientationofthe screenchangesasyourotateit.YoucanturnthisfeatureON andOFF. 3.5.UsingthePhonesButtons Thephonesbuttonsofferalotoffunctionsandshortcuts. Button Press Menu:Thisisusedforrecentapplication Home:returnstoHomescreen. Back:Returnstothemainscreen. The phone provides you with Context menus and Options menusforaccessingthefeaturesinanintuitiveway. 3.6.ContextMenus You can open context menu by touching key. Not all screens have context menus. Examples of context menufromContactsandcallenvironment. or Neo One 12 User Manual 3.7.Optionsmenus Whenyoutouchandholdsomeitemsonascreen,anOptions menuopens. 3.8.MenuIcons Youhavethefollowingmenuiconstoeasilyletyouaccessits importantfeatures:

Opensthedialer Opensmessages Opensthebrowser 4PLACINGANDRECEIVINGCALLS You can dial a phone number or touch a number in your contacts.Youcanalsoplacefromthecalllogorcontacts. 4.1.MakeaCall Tapthe icononmainmenuorthehomescreentodial Neo One 13 thedesirednumber. User Manual icontoendacall. icontocallwithSIM1orSIM2. icon onmainmenu orthe homescreento Touch the makeacallfromcontact,groupsorfavorites. Todialaninternationalnumber,touchandholdthe0keyto enter the Plus (+) symbol, and then enter the international countryprefix,followedbythephonenumber Touchthe PresstheVolumeUp/Downkeystoadjustthecallvolume. YoucanaccessCallLogs,Contactsfromthedialerscreen. Whileduringacall,touchthe 4.2.DisablePhoneCalls(Airplanemode) Somelocationslikeairplanesmayrequireyoutoturnoffyour mobile,WiFi,andBluetoothwirelessconnections. Touchthedropdownfromthetoptoopenthestatusbar.. TouchtheAirplanemode. 4.3.DisableSIMcard IfyouwanttoclosetheSIMcard,goto:

SettingsNetwork&internet

>SIMcards.

>turnoffSIM1/SIM2 5THEHOMESCREEN Whenyousignin,thehomescreenopens. The Home screen is your starting point to access all the featuresonyourphone. Neo One 14 User Manual Thestatusbarshowsthetime, signalstrength,batterystatus,and notification. Touch and hold to move or removeaniconorawidget. 5.1.OpenandClosetheLauncher Thephoneisdirectlyonthemainmenuafterbooting. Neo One 15 User Manual You have access to all applications installed on your device andtheirwidgetswhenavailable. Touchanapplicationtoopenandlaunchit. Toaddanapplicationshortcuttoanotherlocation,pressand holdituntilitentersthedesiredlocation.Placeitandrelease yourfinger. SlidetheLauncherleftorrighttobringmoreiconsintoview. Assoonasyouinstallanewapplication,itcomesinthislist. Widgetscomewhenyoulongpressonthehomescreen.You cantouchWIDGETSdirectly. You cannot launch widget like an application; you can only placeitondesktopscreen. Press and hold it until it enters Home screen. Place it and release your finger. A context menu opens to configure the widgetorresizeit,naturally,itdependsonthewidget. 5.2.SwitchtoRecentlyUsedApplication Slipperythe Touch an icon to open its application. Or press returntothecurrentapplication. 5.3.CustomizeHomeScreen Youcanaddapplications,shortcuts,widgets,andotheritems toanypartoftheHomescreenorchangethewallpaper. Widgets:

Longpressonhomescreenforwidgets. Drag a widget to a home screen: Touch and hold the widgetsicon,slideyourfingerwhereyouwanttoplaceit,and liftyourfinger. Youmaybeaskedtomakefurtherchoicesbeforethewidget activates.Ifthereisntroomwhereyoudroppedit,thewidget wontgetaddedtotheHomeScreen. Wallpapers: Wallpapers are images from Photos, still images included with the system. They take the place of the default backgroundforyourHomeScreen. Touch and hold anywhere on a desktop Home screen thats iconforopenrecentlyusedapplication. to Neo One 16 User Manual notoccupied.Alistofoptionsappears. Touchthefollowingwallpapersource:

o Devicefolders:Choosefrompicturesthatyouvetakenwith cameraordownloadedtoyourdevice. To set wallpaper, touch right option then select Set wallpaper. Folders:Youcanveryeasilyregroupdesktopiconsinafolder onscreentosavespaceandaccessmoreapplications. Touchandholdanyiconondesktopscreentomoveit. Goonanothericonandreleasetocreateafoldercontaining bothicons. Thenaddasmanyiconsasfoldercanhold,giveitaname, moveitwhereyouwant. YouhaveallthetoolstocustomizeyourPhone. 6CONNECTTOTHEINTERNET 6.1.ToconfigureyourInternet:

Go to Settings > Network &internet> Data usage >Turn on Mobiledata By default, your network provider sends the Access Point Name settings via SMS, or it comes automatically with your SIM card. You may need to install these settings. After this, you can choose from the listed access point names. If the access point names are not listed by default, please contact yournetworkproviderforthesame. To add any operator Access point Name, go to settings >

Network &internet> Mobile network > Advanced> Access pointNames>add. Afteryouhaveselectedorconfiguredtheaccesspointname, go to Settings > Network &internet> Data usage to enable Internetconnection. 6.2.AccessInternetviaWiFi TobrowsetheInternetviaWiFi:

GotoSettings>Network&internetandthentapWiFi. Next, select the WiFi connection listed under WiFi Neo One 17 User Manual networks. 7MANAGINGNOTIFICATIONS Notification icons inform you of new messages and events. Whenyoureceiveanotification,itsiconappearsinthestatus bar,alongwithasummary. 7.1.OpentheNotificationsPanel Dragthestatusbardownfromthetopofthescreenasshown below:

TheNotificationspaneldisplaysyournetwork providername andalistofyourcurrentnotifications. 7.2.RespondtoNotifications Open the notification panel and touch a notification to respondtoit.Whathappensnextdependsonthenotification. 7.3.CloseNotificationsPanel Drag the tab at the bottom of the Notifications panel to the top of the screen. Or just press the back button. The panel alsocloseswhenyoutouchanotificationtorespondtoit. Neo One 18 User Manual 8MESSAGING 8.1.Messageenvironment&Settings You can use Messages to exchange text messages and multimediamessageswithyourfriends. Touchtocomposeanewtext ormultimediamessage. The messages settings allow you to set SMS/MMS notifications, vibrate, message tones, delivery reports and manyothers. Take a tour and explore messages settings, youll find interestingthings. 8.2.UsingtheOnscreenKeyboard Someapplicationsdisplaythekeyboardbydefault.Inothers, youtouchatextfieldwhereyouwanttoentertext,toopen Neo One 19 thekeyboard. User Manual Recipientzone:writethename,pressright icontoenternumbersorpressbelow frequentsorallcontactstoaccesscontacts list Writeyourmessagehere.Aftertyping, icontoclosethekeyboard. press Touch and hold the text field to open a menuandtocopy/cuttexts. Touchoncetocapitalizethenextletteryou type.Touchandholdordoubletapfor CapsLock. Secondarycharacterspanel(special, symbols,numbers) Neo One 20 User Manual Thisistoerasecharacters 8.3.CreateandSendMultimediaMessage A Message becomes an MMS if you send it to an email address,oraddmultimediafile(s). Touchcomposenewmessage. Enterorselectamobilephonenumber. Touchthecompositiontextboxandwriteyourmessage. TouchAttachtoattachvarioustypesoffiles. SendtheMMS. 8.4.Operationonamessage:

Openthemessagethreadcontainingthemessageyouwant tooperate. Touchandholdthismessageuntilmenubarcomesabove. Makeyourchoice:

Tosharethemessage. Toforwardamessage. Tocopythemessage. Toviewthemessagedetails. Neo One 21 User Manual Todeletethemessage. 9MULTIMEDIA 9.1.Camera Your cameras pictures and videos are stored in both the SD cardanddevice.Youcancopypicturesandvideosfromboth theSDcardanddevicetoaPCandviceversa. Presstotakephoto Presstorecordvideo Neo One 22 User Manual Clickonsettingsiconfor morefunctions 9.2.Photos YoucanusethePhotostoviewpictures,playvideosandshare files. TouchthePhotosiconinthemainmenu. Touchanalbumtoopenandviewitscontents. Touchapictureoravideoinanalbumtoviewit. 9.3.Shareanimage OpenthemainPhotoswindow. Checkorunchecktheimageyouwanttoshare. Touchthe Bluetooth,Email,etc. Youcanshareviaemail,Bluetooth,andsoon. 9.4.Music YoucaneasilytransferyourfavoritemusicfromyourPCtothe SD card and experience a whole world of interesting and melodiousmusic. Press the phones volume up/down keys on the right side of iconatthebottomofscreentosharevia Neo One 23 User Manual themobilephonetoadjustthevolume. 9.5.FMRadio You can listen to your favorite FM channels using the inbuilt FMreceiverofyourphoneandacordedearphone(thewireis usedasantenna). Recordsound SearchFMstations Enablespeaker Press the phones volume up/down keys on the right side of themobilephonetoadjustthevolume. 9.6.RecordSounds TouchtheSoundRecorderinthemainmenu. Tap whenitisrecordingavoiceclip. Tap 9.7.MakeScreenshot Press and hold for 1 second both Volume Down and Power buttonstogether.OralsoyoucanlongpressPowerKeytoget Screenshotfunction tostartrecordingavoiceclip.Recordingappears tostopandsavetherecording. Tap to make screenshot Neo One 24 User Manual 9.8.Newfeaturesofthevolumecontrol AndroidPusestheverticalvolumeinterface,whichuserscan popupbyshortpressthevolumebutton.Itisveryconvenient toswitchtheAudioProfilesandadjustthevolume. Tap to switch audio profile mode Slide up or down to adjust volume Tap to access all volume settings 10CONNECTTONETWORKSANDDEVICES Yourphonecanconnecttoavarietyofnetworksanddevices, including WiFi, GPRS, Bluetooth, devices, such as headsets. You can also transfer files to/from your PC through the data cable. 10.1.ConnecttoPC YoucanconnectyourphonetoPCviafollowingoptions:

Connect the phone to your PC with the help of USB cable. ChargingthisdeviceviaUSB"notificationwillbeshown. Touchthenotification,tochangeandconnecttoothermodes. Neo One 25 User Manual File Transfer:This feature will let you manage files on phone andcomputeratthesametime. USB tethering:When the mobile phone is connected to the computer via the USB cable, the computer can access the Internetthroughthemobilephone'smobilenetwork. MIDI:Let you use the OTG cable to connect to the MIDI keyboard. PTP:Let you transfer photos using camera software and managepictures oncomputers. No data transfer: Phone will only charged when select this mode. Neo One 26 User Manual 10.2.ConnecttoInternet Refertosection6fordetails. 10.3.ConnecttoWiFiNetworks RefertoSection6fordetails. 10.4.PairwithBluetoothDevices GotoSettings>Connecteddevices>Pairnewdevice IfBluetoothisoff,checkBluetoothtoturniton.Yourphone scansanddisplaystheBluetoothdevicesinrange. Ifthedeviceyouwanttopairwithisnotinthelist,makeit discoverable. Your phone will remain scanned until it is discoverable by otherdevices. Touch the IDof theotherdevice inthe list Settingstopair them. If you are prompted to for a password, enter any password on one device and enter the same password you entered in the other device to be paired, If the pairing is successful,yourphonegetsconnectedtothedevice. 10.5.ConnecttoInternetviayourPhone You can browse the Internet on your PC using your mobile phone.Todothis:

ConnectyourmobilephonetoyourPCviatheUSBcable. Go to Settings> Network & Internet>Hotspot & tethering >

USBTethering. A prompt for installation will appear on your PC. Proceed as suggested. MaybeyouneedtomanuallyinstallthedriversinPC. 10.6.InstallSecureCertificatefromSDCard IfyourVPNorWiFiNetworkreliesonsecurecertificates,you must obtain the certificates and store them in your phones storage,beforeyoucanconfigureaccesstothoseVPNorWiFi networksonyourphone. Youmayneedtodownloadthecertificatesfromawebsite. Neo One 27 User Manual Copythecertificatefromyourcomputertotherootofthe SDcard. TouchSettings>Security&Location. TouchInstallfromSDcardunderCredentialStorage. Touch the file name of the certificate to install. Only the names of certificates that you have not already installed on yourphonearedisplayed. Ifprompted,enterthecertificatespasswordandtouchOK. EnteranameforthecertificateandtouchOK. 11DOWNLOADAPPLICATIONS The phone has a default configuration which includes some applications.Discoverallothersappsbyusingplaystore.You willbeabletoconnectwithmobiledataorWiFiforexample, andbysigningintheapplicationwithjustanemail. Thisiswhatitlookslike:

Neo One 28 User Manual 12PHONESETTINGS YoucangotoSettingstocustomizeyourphonespreferences andbehaviorinavarietyofways:

Network&inter net Connected devices Apps&

notifications LetsyoumanageWIFI,mobile,datausage,hotspot,etc. LetsyoumanageBluetoothtocommunicatewithother Bluetoothdevices,orchooseUSBconnectionmode. LetsyouviewallapplicationsdownloadedoronSD cardandmanageallrunningapplicationsindevices. Theintelligentbodyfeeling.usercancustomizethe functiontheyneed. Letsyoucheckthebatterylevel,statusandmanage batteryusage. Letsyouconfigurehowandatwhatvolumethephone rings,vibratesetc. Letsyouconfigurebrightnessandotherscreen settings. Letsyouseeandmanageavailablespaceonyour phoneandonyourSDcard. Letsyousettheautomaticpowerontimeorshutdown time. Letsyouadd,removeandmanageyourGoogleand othersupportedaccounts. Letsyouprotectpersonalinformation,likeadjustyour phone'slock,setSIMcardlocketc.Andsetthelocation relatedsettings. Letsyouchoosewhichnavigationbuttonsyoulike. Herelistgoogleservices&preferences. Enableyourinstalledaccessibilityapplicationsand adjustrelatedsettings. Viewinformationaboutyourphone,suchassignal strength,statusandphoneinformation. Smartcontrols Battery Sound Display Storage Scheduled poweron/off Accounts Security&

Location Navigationbar Google Accessibility System 13FCCSTATEMENT This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subj ect to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause har mfulinterference,and(2)thisdevicemustacceptanyinterfer encereceived,includinginterferencethatmaycauseun Neo One 29 User Manual desiredoperation. Caution:

Changesormodificationsnotexpresslyapprovedbytheparty responsibleforcompliancecouldvoidtheusersauthority tooperatetheequipment. NOTE:Thisequipmenthasbeentestedandfoundtocomplyw iththelimitsforaClassBdigitaldevice,pursuanttopart15of theFCCRules.Theselimitsaredesignedtoprovidereasonabl eprotectionagainstharmfulinterferenceinaresidentialinstal lation.Thisequipmentgeneratesusesandcanradiateradiofr equencyenergyand,ifnotinstalledandusedinaccordancew iththeinstructions,maycauseharmfulinterferencetoradioc ommunications.However,thereisnoguaranteethatinterfere ncewillnotoccurinaparticularinstallation.Ifthisequipment doescauseharmfulinterferencetoradioortelevisionrecepti on,whichcanbedeterminedbyturningtheequipmentoffan don,theuserisencouragedtotrytocorrecttheinterference byoneormoreofthefollowingmeasures:

Reorientorrelocatethereceivingantenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connecttheequipmentintoanoutletonacircuitdifferent fromthattowhichthereceiverisconnected. Consultthedealeroranexperiencedradio/TVtechnicianfor helpimportantannouncement 14HEALTHANDSAFETYINFORMATION CertificationInformation(RoHS) We at LG take our social responsibility seriously and are committed to the cause of saving our environment; it is in keeping with these commitments that we are proud to state thatLG phonesareRoHScomplaint. Neo One 30 User Manual CertificationInformation(SAR) Yourphoneisdesignednottoexceedthelimitsofemissionof radiowavesrecommendedbyinternationalguidelines.These guidelines include safety margins designed to assure the protectionofallpersons,regardlessofageandhealth. SAR(specificabsorptionrate)istheunitofbodyabsorbedRF quantity when the phone is in use. SAR value is ascertained accordingtothehighestRFlevelgeneratedduringlaboratory tests. ThetrueSARlevelduringphoneusagewillbefarlowerthan thislevel. TheSARvalueofthephonemaychangedependingonfactors such as how close you are to a network tower, use of accessoriesandotherenhancements. TheMax.SARLevel(s)Reportedat1g:1.04W/kg The SAR value may differ depending on national reporting, testingrequirementsandthenetworkband. To maintain compliance withFCC RF exposure requirements, use accessories that maintain a 10mm separation distance betweentheuser'sbodyandthebackofthehandset.Theuse of belt clips, holsters and similar accessories should not containmetallic components its assembly. The use of accessories that do not satisfy these requirements may notcomplywithFCCRFexposurerequirements,andshouldbe avoided. SARRecommendations Useawirelesshandsfreesystem(headphone,headset)witha lowpowerBluetoothemitter. Please keep your calls short and use SMS whenever more convenient. This advice applies especially to children, adolescentsandpregnantwomen. Prefertouseyourcellphonewhenthesignalqualityisgood. Peoplehavingactivemedicalimplantsshouldpreferablykeep in Neo One 31 User Manual thecellphoneatleast15cmawayfromtheimplant. Maintainapreferabledistanceof15cmfromthedevice. SafeDriving Donotusethephonewhiledriving.Whenyouhavetousethe phone,pleaseusethepersonalhandsfreekit. Pleasedonotputthephoneontoanypassengerseatorany placefromwhichitmayfalldownincaseofvehicularcollision oremergencybraking. DuringFlight Flightisinfluencedbyinterferencecausedbythephone.Itis illegal to use a phone on the airplane. Please turn off your phoneorswitchtoflightmodeduringaflight. InHospitals Your Phones radio waves may interfere with the functioning medical devices. Consult a physician or the manufacturer of themedicaldevicetodeterminewhethertheyareadequately shielded from external Radio Frequency. Switch off your devicewhenregulationsinstructyoutodoso. Donotcarrythewirelessdeviceintheupperpocket. Turn off the phone if there is any reason to suspect that interferenceistakingplace. UnsafeAreas Pleaseturnoffyourphonewhenyouareclosetoagasstation or in the vicinity of any place where fuel and chemical preparations,oranyotherdangerousgoodsarestored. TakingCareofYourDevice Yourdeviceisaproductofsuperiordesignandcraftsmanship and should be handled with care: The following suggestions willhelpyouprotectyourphone:

Keep the device dry. If your device gets wet, remove the batterywithoutturningonthedevice,wipeitwithadrycloth andtakeittotheservicecenter. Do not store the device in high or cold temperature. High /

Neo One 32 User Manual cold temperature can shorten the life of electronic devices anddamagebatteries. Donotuseorstorethedeviceindusty,dirtyareas.Itsmoving partsandelectroniccomponentscanbedamaged. Donotattempttoopenthedeviceotherthanasinstructedin this guide. Repairing the phone by yourself other than our authorized service agents/centers goes against the warranty rules. Donotdrop,knock,orshakethedevice.Roughhandlingcan breakinternalcircuitboardsandfinemechanics. Do not use harsh chemicals, cleaning solvents, or strong detergents to clean the device. Only use a soft, clean, dry clothtocleanthesurfaceofthedevice. Do not store your device near magnetic fields or allow your device to come in contact with magnetic fields for extended periodoftime. BatteryRecommendations Pleaseputthebatteryinawellventilatedplaceoutofdirect sunlight.Chargethebatteryatroomtemperaturerange. Ifthetimespanofthebatteryafterchargingbecomesmuch shorter than usual, the battery life is at an end. Replace the battery with a new battery of the same make and specification. Do not discard the battery with household trash. Please disposeofusedbatteryaccordingtoyourlocalenvironmental lawsandguidelines. Use manufacturer approved batteries, chargers, accessories andsupplies.Wewillnotberesponsibleforuserssafetywhen usingunapprovedbatteriesoraccessories. Itisadvisabletochargebatteryto100%beforestartusing phoneforbetterbatterylife Neo One 33 User Manual RecycleYourPhone The WEEE logo (shown at the left) appears on the product (battery, handset, and charger) to indicate thatthis productmust notbedisposed offordumpedwithyourotherhouseholdwastes. Youareliabletodisposeofallyourelectronicor electricalwasteequipmentbyrelocatingovertothespecified collectionpointforrecyclingofsuchhazardouswaste. Collection and proper recovery of your electronic waste equipments at the time of disposal will allow us to help preserve the environment. Recycling of the electronic waste equipment will ensure safety of human health and environment. DosandDontsfordisposalewaste Dos:

EnsurethatanAuthorizedPersonrepairsyourXOLOproducts. Call Our Local Authorized Collection Centers to Dispose XOLO products. Always drop your used electronic products, batteries or any accessories thereof after the end of their life at nearest AuthorizedCollectionPointorCollectionCenter. Separate the packaging material according to responsible wastedisposaloptionsandsortingforrecycling. Alwaysremovethebatteryfromtheproduct,whenyoudonot intendtousetheproductanymoreitinfuture. Donts:

DonotDismantleyourXOLOProductonyourown DonotgiveyourewastetoKabbadiWala/ScrapDealer/Rag Pickers. Neo One 34 User Manual Donotdisposeofftheewasteinlandfills. NeverdumpEwasteingarbagebins. Do not dispose of your product at municipal waste bins or rooms. Donotthrowusedbatteriesintohouseholdwaste. ConsequencesofimproperhandlinganddisposalofEWaste Improper disposal of waste prevents natural resources from beingreused. Somewastecontainshazardouschemicalsandifnotdisposed ofproperlymayreleasetoxinsintothesoilandwater,andalso releasesgreenhousegasesintotheenvironment If ewaste is not properly disposed of, it can threat to the health and wellbeing of humansand animals and it also has adverseeffectontheenvironment. Placingofbatteriesordevicesonorinheatingdevices,suchas microwave, ovens, stoves, or radiators and improper disposal ofbatteriesmayleadtoexplosion. If the battery terminals are in contact with metal objects, it maycauseafire. Disclaimers The colors and specifications shown/mentioned in the user manualmaydifferfromtheactualproduct.Imagesshownare for representation purpose only. Other product logos and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradenamesoftheirrespectiveowners. Thecontentofthismanualmayvaryfromtheactualcontent displayedinthemobilephone.Insuchacase,thelatershall govern. Neo One 35 User Manual Wekeeptherighttomakemodificationstoanyofthecontent in this user guide without public announcement or prior notification. For devices with external power supplies,plug socket should beplacedinshortdistanceandeasilyaccessible. Usingthewrongtypebatteryreplacementthereisadangerof explosion,besuretofollowtheinstructionsdisposalofused batteries. Copyrights All rights reserved. Reproduction, transfer, distribution or storage of part or all of the contents in any form without the prior written permission of is strictlyprohibited. in this document To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volumelevelsoflongperiods. To use the device only with the earphones included, never changetheearphonesincludedforanotherone. XOLOsupportandcontactInformation Visit:http://www.mimicromax.comforadditionalinformation, downloadsandservicesrelatedtoyourLG product. To check for the nearest LG service center location for maintenanceservices,pleasevisit:

http://www.mimicromax.com ServiceCenternumber No.:18605008286

(Available from Monday to Saturday, between 10:00AM to 6:00PM) Neo One 36 User Manual LG warranty certificate Limitedwarranty:

LG provides limited warranty for your mobile phone and original accessories delivered with your mobile phone

(hereinafterreferredtoasproduct) Thewarrantyperiodforthetransceiverisone(1)yearandfor battery,chargerandheadsetissix(6)monthsfromthedateof purchase. LG Warranty Subject to the conditions of this Limited Warranty, LG warrantsaproducttobefreefromdefectsindesign,material andworkmanshipatthetimeofitsoriginalpurchasebyyou, and for a subsequent period of one (1) year for transceiver andsix(6)monthsforbattery&charger. Youshallhavenocoverageorbenefitsunderthiswarrantyin theeventthatanyofthefollowingconditionsareapplicable:

The product has been subjected to abnormal use or conditions, to 1.excessive moisture or dampness, exposure to excessive temperature, unauthorizedmodification,unauthorizedrepair(includingbut not in repairs),abuse,accidents,ActsofGod,spillsoffoodorliquids, improperinstallation You have not notified LG of the defect in the product duringtheapplicablewarrantyperiod. Theproductserialno.codeortheaccessoriesdatecodehas beenremoved,defacedoraltered. The product has been used with or connected to an accessory (i) Not supplied by LG or its affiliates, (ii) Not fit for use with the product or (iii) Used otherwise than in mannerintended. The seals of the products battery enclosure have been broken or shown evidence of tempering or the products to use of unauthorized spare parts improper storage, exposure limited Neo One 37 User Manual batteryhasbeenusedinequipmentotherthanthatforwhich ithasbeenspecifiedusablebyLG . Allplasticsurfacesandallotherexternallyexposedpartthat isscratchedordamagedduetonormaluse. To get maximum of your new product, we recommend you to:

Readtheguidelinesforsafeandefficientuseasmentioned inthemanual. ReadthetermsandconditionsofyourLG warrantyinthe manual. Keep your original receipt; you will need it for warranty servicesifaskedtoproduce. Present this LG Warranty Certificate along with original proof of purchase whenever you require any warranty services. IncaseLG productneedsservice,pleasevisitthenearestLG service centers given in the service guide. Please visit our Website http://www.mimicromax.com for updated list of AuthorizedServiceCentersneartoyourlocation. Importantnote:foryourwarrantytobevalid,allinformation onthewarrantycertificatehastobecompletedincludingthe stampfromtheauthorizeddistributor/retailer. All warranty information, product features and specifications aresubjecttochangewithoutnotice. IMEINo. DealersStamp . Dateofpurchase . ModelNo. Neo One 38

 

 

GUIDE USER LM - X210LMW 1 Copyright 2019 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved MBM672583021(1.0) www.lg.com 1. General Information ................................................................................................................................... 3 1.1 Profile and Safety Precaution ....................................................................................................................................... 3 1.2 Safety Warning and Attentions .................................................................................................................................... 4 1.3 Battery Information and Care ....................................................................................................................................... 5 2. Your Phone .................................................................................................................................................. 6 2.1 Phone Overview ........................................................................................................................................................... 6 2.2 Functions of Keys......................................................................................................................................................... 6 2.3 Functions of icons ........................................................................................................................................................ 7 2.4 Status Icon .................................................................................................................................................................... 7 2.5 Product Components and Accessories ......................................................................................................................... 7 3. Getting started ............................................................................................................................................ 8 3.1 Installing the SIM Card & Memory Card..................................................................................................................... 8 3.2 Charging the Battery .................................................................................................................................................... 8 3.3 Linking to the Networks and devices ........................................................................................................................... 8 3.4 Using the Touch Screen ............................................................................................................................................... 9 3.5 Using the onscreen keypad ......................................................................................................................................... 10 3.6 Dialing Calls ............................................................................................................................................................... 10 4. Using the Menus ...................................................................................................................................... 11 4.1 Calculator ................................................................................................................................................................... 11 4.2 Calendar ..................................................................................................................................................................... 11 4.3 Camera ....................................................................................................................................................................... 11 4.4 Chrome ....................................................................................................................................................................... 20 4.5 Clock .......................................................................................................................................................................... 20 4.6 Contacts ...................................................................................................................................................................... 20 4.7 Google Docs ............................................................................................................................................................... 21 4.8 Downloads .................................................................................................................................................................. 21 4.9 Google Drive .............................................................................................................................................................. 21 4.10 Google Duo .............................................................................................................................................................. 21 4.11 Files .......................................................................................................................................................................... 21 4.12 FM Radio ................................................................................................................................................................. 21 4.13 Gmail ........................................................................................................................................................................ 21 4.14 Google ...................................................................................................................................................................... 21 4.15 Keep Notes ............................................................................................................................................................... 22 4.16 Google Maps ............................................................................................................................................................ 22 4.17 Messages .................................................................................................................................................................. 22 4.18 News ......................................................................................................................................................................... 22 4.19 Phone ........................................................................................................................................................................ 22 4.20 Google Photos .......................................................................................................................................................... 22 4.21 Google Play Movies & TV ....................................................................................................................................... 23 4.22 Google Play Store..................................................................................................................................................... 23 4.23 Settings ..................................................................................................................................................................... 23 4.24 Sheets ....................................................................................................................................................................... 31 4.25 SIM Toolkit .............................................................................................................................................................. 31 4.26 Slides ........................................................................................................................................................................ 31 4.27 Sound Recorder ........................................................................................................................................................ 31 4.28 YouTube ................................................................................................................................................................... 31 4.29 YT Music ................................................................................................................................................................. 31 4.30 Google Assistant ...................................................................................................................................................... 31 2 5. Appendix .................................................................................................................................................... 32 5.1 FAQ ............................................................................................................................................................................ 32 5.2 Phone software update ............................................................................................................................................... 34 5.3 Disposal of Your Old Appliance (As per e-waste rule).............................................................................................. 35 5.4 Open Source Software Notice Information ................................................................................................................ 35 5.5 Regulatory information (Regulation ID number, BIS Mark, E-Labeling etc.)........................................................... 35 5.6 LG Bridge ................................................................................................................................................................... 36 5.7 Customer Information Center ..................................................................................................................................... 36 5.8 Trademarks ................................................................................................................................................................. 36 5.9 FCC STATMENT ...................................................................................................................................................... 37 5.10 HEALT AND SAFETY INFORMATION .............................................................................................................. 37 1.1 Profile and Safety Precaution 1. General Information Please read this pamphlet carefully in order to make your phone in perfect condition. Our company may change this mobile phone without prior written notice and reserves the final right to interpret the performance of this mobile phone. Due to different software and network operators, display on your phone may be different, refer to your phone for details. Please read the following guidelines regarding the use of your phone. Not following them maybe dangerous or illegal. Certification information (SAR) Our phone is designed not to exceed the limits of emission of radio waves recommended by international guidelines. SAR (Specific absorption rate) is the unit of measurement of body-absorbed RF quantity when phone is in use. SAR value is ascertained according to the highest RF level generated during laboratory tests. The true SAR level during phone usage will be far lower than this level. The SAR value of phone may change depending on factors such as how close you are to a network base station, use of accessories and other enhancement. The SAR value may differ depending on national reporting, testing requirements and the network band. The highest SAR value of the device at the head and body are 0.834 W/Kg and 1.293 W/Kg respectively averaged over 1 gm of human issue. Permitted SAR Values for a mobile phone is 1.6W/Kg (1g) SAR Recommendations 1. Use a wireless hands-free system (headphone, headset) with a low power Bluetooth emitter. 2. Please keep your calls short and use SMS whenever more convenient. This advice applies especially to children, adolescents and pregnant women. 3. Prefer to use your cell phone when the signal quality is good. 4. People having active medical implants should preferably keep the cell phone at least 15 cm away from the implant. 5. Maintain a preferable distance of 15 mm from the device. 3 6. Maximum operating temperature is 35 degree Celsius 1.2 Safety Warning and Attentions Safety Warning Road Safety Comes First Do not use a hand-held phone while driving. Use hands-free fittings when calls are unavoidable while driving. In some countries, dialing or receiving calls while driving is illegal!

Switch Off in Aircraft Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. Using a mobile phone in flight is illegal and risky. Please make sure that your mobile phone is powered off in flight. Switch Off Before Entering Risky Areas Strictly observe the relevant laws, codes, and regulations on the use of mobile phones in risky areas. Turn off your mobile phone before entering a place susceptible to explosion, such as an oil station, oil tank, chemical plant or a place where a blasting process is under way. Observe All Special Regulations Follow any special regulations in force in any area such as hospitals and always switch off your phone whenever it is forbidden to use it or, when it may cause interference or danger. Properly use your mobile phone near medical apparatuses, such as pacemakers, hearing aids and some other electronic medical devices, as it may cause interference to such apparatuses. Interference The conversation quality of any mobile phone may be affected by radio interference. An antenna is built inside the mobile phone and located below the microphone. Do not touch the antenna area during a conversation, lest that the conversation quality deteriorate. Qualified Service Only qualified personnel may install or repair phone equipment. Installing or repairing the mobile phone on your own may bring great danger and violates the warranty rules. Accessories And Batteries Use only approved accessories and batteries. Use Sensibly Use only in a normal and proper manner. Emergency Calls Ensure the phone is switched on and in service, enter the emergency number, e.g. 112, then press the Dial key. Give your location and state your situation briefly. Do not end the call until told to do so. Note: Just like all other mobile phones, this mobile phone does not necessarily support all the features described in this manual due to network or radio transmission problems. Some networks even do not support the emergency call service. Therefore, do not rely solely on the mobile phone for critical communications such as first aid. Please consult the local network operator. Attentions This mobile phone is well designed with fine art. Please exercise special care when using it. The following suggestions will help your mobile phone survive the warranty period and extend its service life:

1. Keep the mobile phone and all its fittings beyond children's reach. 4 2. Keep the mobile phone dry. Keep away from rain, moisture, liquid or other substances that may corrode electronic circuits. 3. Do not use or store the mobile phone in dusty places, lest that active parts of the mobile phone be damaged. 4. Do not store the mobile phone in a high-temperature place. High temperature will shorten the life of electronic circuits and damage the battery and some plastic parts. 5. Do not store the mobile phone in a chilly place. Otherwise, moistures will be formed inside the mobile phone to damage electronic circuits when the mobile phone is moved to a constant temperature place. 6. Do not throw, knock or shock the mobile phone, as that will destroy the internal circuits and high-precision components of the mobile phone. 7. Use your device in temperature between 0 C to 35 C, if possible. Exposing your device to extremely low or high temperatures may result in damage, malfunction or even explosion. 1.3 Battery Information and Care 1. You do not need to completely discharge the battery before recharging. Unlike other battery systems, there is no memory effect that could compromise the batterys performance. 2. Use only LG batteries and chargers. LG chargers are designed to maximize the battery life. 3. Do not disassemble or short-circuit the battery. 4. Keep the metal contacts of the battery clean. 5. Replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable performance. The battery pack may be recharged hundreds of times before it needs replacing. 6. Recharge the battery if it has not been used for a long time to maximize 7. Do not expose the battery charger to direct sunlight or use it in high humidity, 8. Do not leave the battery in hot or cold places, as this may deteriorate battery usability. such as in the bathroom. performance. 9. Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. 10. If you need to replace the battery, take it to the nearest authorized LG Electronics service point or dealer for assistance. 11. Always unplug the charger from the wall socket after the device is fully charged to save unnecessary power consumption of the charger. 12. Actual battery life will depend on network configuration, product settings, usage patterns, battery and environmental conditions. 13. Make sure that no sharp-edged items such as animals teeth or claws, come into contact with the battery. This could cause a fire. 5 WARNING! Notice for Battery Replacement 1. Do not remove the back cover. 2. Your device has an internal battery. For your safety, do not remove the battery incorporated in the product. If you need to replace the battery, take it to the nearest authorized LG Electronics service point or dealer for assistance. 3. The Li-Ion Battery is a hazardous component which can cause injury. 4. Battery replacement by non-qualified professional can cause damage to your device. 2.1 Phone Overview 2. Your Phone Please have a look at phone image below. 2.2 Functions of Keys The mobile phone provides the following keys:

Power Key Power key situates at the right side of the phone. While using the phone, you can press this key to lock screen; if you press and hold this key, a phone-options dialog would pop out. Here, you can select to Power off or Restart or Screenshot or Emergency. Volume key Volume key situates at the right side of the phone. You can press it to adjust ringer volume. 6 2.3 Functions of icons Home key Touch it to open home screen. Back key Touch this icon to return to the previous screen;

Note: - To check recent app, swipe up on Home key. 2.4 Status Icon When there is a notification for an unread message, calendar event or alarm, the status bar displays the corresponding notification icon. Check your device's status by viewing notification icons displayed on the status bar. No signal Data is being transmitted over the network Alarm is set Vibrate mode is on Bluetooth is on Connected to a computer via USB Battery level Airplane mode is on Missed calls Wi-Fi is connected Mute mode is on GPS is on Hotspot is on No SIM card Note: - Some of these icons may appear differently or may not appear at all, depending on the devices status. Refer to the icons according to the actual environment and area in which you are using the device and your service provider. 2.5 Product Components and Accessories The Following items are included with your device. 1. Device 2. Charger 7 3. USB Cable 4. Quick Start Guide 5. Warranty Card 6. Ejection Pin 3. Getting started 3.1 Installing the SIM Card & Memory Card You must insert the SIM/SD card before using the phone. 1. Switch off the mobile phone. 2. Remove SIM/SD card tray as instructed in figure below. 3. Insert the SIM/SD card in relevant slot as shown in figure below. Note: The SD card is a miniature object. Keep it out of the reach of children for avoid children swallow it. 3.2 Charging the Battery Your phone is powered by a rechargeable battery. If your phone comes up a message which notifies you that the battery power is too low, at that moment, please recharge the battery. Connect the charger to a power outlet and the micro USB connector to the phones USB port. Once the phone has finished charging, you should unplug the charger. 3.3 Linking to the Networks and devices Your phone can connect to a variety of networks and devices, including mobile networks for voice and data transmission, Wi-Fi data networks, and Bluetooth devices, such as headsets. You can also connect your phone to a computer, to 8 transfer files from your phones SD card and share your phones mobile data connection via USB. Connecting to Mobile Network When you assemble your phone with a SIM card, your phone is configured to use your providers mobile networks for voice calls and for transmitting data. Connecting to Wi-Fi networks Wi-Fi is a wireless networking technology that can provide Internet access at distances of up to 100 meters, depending on the Wi-Fi router and your surroundings. Tap on Settings>Network & Internet>Wi-Fi Check Wi-Fi to turn it on. The phone scans for available Wi-Fi networks and displays the names of those it finds. Secured networks are indicated with a Lock icon. Note: If the phone finds a network that you connected to previously, it connects to it automatically. Touch a network to connect to it. If the network is open, you are prompted to confirm that you want to connect to that network by touching Connect. If the network is secured, youre prompted to enter a password or other credentials. Connecting to Bluetooth devices Bluetooth is a short-range wireless communications technology that devices can use to transfer information over a distance of about 8-10 meters. The most common Bluetooth devices are headphones for making calls or listening to music, hands-free kits for cars, and other portable devices, including laptops and cell phones. Tap on Settings>Connected Devices> Bluetooth Check Bluetooth to turn it on. You must pair your phone with a device before you can connect to it. Once you pair your phone with a device, they stay paired unless you unpaired them. Your phone scans for and displays the IDs of all available Bluetooth devices in range. If the device you want to pair with isnt in the list, make it discoverable. Connecting to a computer via USB Once the mobile phone is connected to a PC with USB, the PC will charge the mobile phone automatically. In such case, USB computer connection will appear on your screen. 1. Drag the notification panel down and tap Charging this device via USB. 2. 3. Select Use USB for File Transfer. The device is recognized as a Removable Disk by the computer. Open the folder and transfer or copy files from your phone to PC and viceversa. 3.4 Using the Touch Screen Touch-screen tips Touch 9 To act on items on the screen, such as application and settings icons, to type letters and symbols using the onscreen keyboard, or to press onscreen buttons, you simply touch them with your finger. Touch & hold Touch & hold an item on the screen by touching it and not lifting your finger until an action occurs. For example, to open a menu for customizing the Home screen, you touch an empty area on the Home screen until the menu opens. Drag Touch & hold an item for a moment and then, without lifting your finger, move your finger on the screen until you reach the target position. Swipe or slide To swipe or slide, you quickly move your finger across the surface of the screen, without pausing when you first touch it (so you dont drag an item instead). For example, you slide the screen up or down to scroll a list. Lock screen When Screen lock in Security setting is enabled, press Power key to lock the handset. This helps to prevent accidental touching of keys and as well as power saving. When Sleep function in Display setting is enabled, after the handset device has been idle for preset period, the screen will be locked automatically to save power. Unlock screen Press Power key to switch on the handset device. The lock screen appears. Touch and slide to up to unlock screen if there is no security lock. 3.5 Using the onscreen keypad You enter text using the onscreen keyboard. Some applications open the keyboard automatically. In others, you touch a text field where you want to enter text to open the keyboard. To enter text Touch a text field, and the onscreen keyboard opens. Some applications open the keyboard automatically. In others, you touch a text field where you want to enter text to open the keyboard. Touch the keys on the keyboard to type. The characters youve entered appear in the text field, with suggestions for the word you are typing below. Use Delete Icon to erase characters to the left of the cursor. After finishing typing, touch Back icon to close the keyboard. 3.6 Dialing Calls Dialing a call to a number in the contacts icon or the phone application icon on the Home screen, then Touch the Phone select the Contacts tab. Swipe or slide upward/downward to pick out the target contact. Then you can touch the dial icon to originate a call. Dialing a call to a number in call log 10 Touch the Phone icon or the phone application icon on the Home screen, then select the Recent call log tab. Swipe or slide upward/downward to pick out and touch the target contact. Then you can originate a call. Answering incoming calls Swipe up the Call icon to answer an incoming call Touch the Call End icon to end the current conversation To reject an incoming call, swipe down the Call icon Managing multiple calls If you accept a new call when youre already on a call, you can swipe the Call icon up to answer the current call. 4. Using the Menus 4.1 Calculator You can use this Calculator to solve simple arithmetic problems or use its advanced option to solve more complex equations. Touch Clear to delete the last number or operator you entered. Touch & hold clear to delete everything in the display. In the calculator screen, you can touch upper right corner menu icon to clear history or choose theme etc. 4.2 Calendar You can open Calendar to view events youve created Events from each account youve added to your phone and configured to synchronize calendars are displayed in Calendar. 4.3 Camera LG W10 is powered by 8MP Rear Camera and 8MP front camera. You can take the photos or record videos to save your all memorable moment. Starting the Camera 1. Swipe up on Home Key and Tap on Camera app and Camera opens. or button to capture the image/ Videos. 2. Tap on Note: - Also can press Volume Up/Down key to capture the images or to start the video recording. Here in below image shows the camera overview in Photo mode as:

11 Except the options and mode explained above there are several more Modes and Settings in your camera. Note: - Camera modes and Settings appear according to active Photo/Video mode. Few camera modes like Manual, Burst, Panorama and QR code are not available for front camera and Interval mode is not available for rear camera. Few camera settings like Mirror reflection is not available for rear camera and it is for front camera only. Similarly Time-lapse mode, Slow motion mode and Flash option is only for rear video camera and not available for front video camera. Few options are for only Photo mode and not for Video mode, like HDR, Bokeh and Beauty. Camera Modes & Settings 12 Description Overview Mode/

Settings Photo mode Video Camera mode Flash HDR Mode Bokeh Mode In Rear Camera Photo mode is for capturing images. It is same for both Front and Rear Camera. Video Camera mode is for recording videos. It is same for both Front and Rear Camera. Select Flash as On/Off/Auto for Photo mode. Flash light is also available as On/Off for rear Video camera. High Dynamic Range, Make less exposure in bright part and more exposure in dark part in one image to keep more details. It works same for both rear and front camera. Bokeh mode is capturing images with blur background. User can adjust the object by tapping anywhere on screen which need to be focused and the rest area will be blur. 13 Bokeh Mode In Front Camera Bokeh mode in front camera also almost similar to rear camera but in front bokeh mode user can not change the focus manually. It automatic focuses the closest object and background of the focused area will be blur. Beauty Mode In Beauty mode user can choose different beauty effect as Smooth, Brighten, Enlarge and Slim. It works same for both front and rear camera. Auto/Ma nual Mode Swipe camera screen to right for camera modes. Here Auto/Manual mode. Here gives the facility to adjust camera parameters Automatically and as well as Manually. If user choose Manual mode then he can adjust camera parameters like EV, ISO, WB, Metering etc. by himself/herself. In Auto mode device adjust all these parameters automatically. 14 Filters Filters are giving for multiple scene effects like winter, nostalgia, vivid, blue, Nashville, Kelvin, mono, warm and history. User can choose any scene effect and capture the images. It works same for both rear and front camera. Burst Mode Burst mode, also called continuous shooting mode. In burst mode, maximum 30 images are captured in quick succession by press and hold shutter button. It works only in Photo mode and work for rear camera only. Panoram a Mode You can create a panorama photo by moving camera in one direction left to right or right to left. It works only in Photo mode. It works only in Rear Camera. It is not for front camera. QR Code In QR mode, camera act as scanner and can scan the QR codes. It works only in Photo mode and it work only in rear camera. It is not for front camera. 15 Time Lapse Night Shot Night shot is a mode that is used when you are taking photos in low-light situations -- or at night time. It helps to capture images with more clarity without flash light. It works same for both Rear Camera and Front camera. This mode used for recording videos. This mode gives options to play the recorded video faster than normal. It gives option X4, X10, X30, X60, X90, X150, X300, X450, X900, X1800. For example if we select X4 time laps than it play the recorded video 5 time faster, if we record a video of duration 5 seconds than its play back will be finished in 1 seconds. It works only in Video mode and it works only for rear camera. It is not for front camera. This mode used for recording videos in slow motion. Video recorded in this mode will play in slow motion. It works only in Rear Camera. It is not for front camera. left>Camera Settings>Storage Here can choose storage Phone or SD Card for captured images/videos. Camera Settings>Volume key function. Here can set Volume key function in camera as Shutter

(to capture image), Volume (to control volume) or Zoom (to zoom in/out in camera). 16 Slow Motion Volume key function Storage Swipe camera screen to Camera Sound Tap to enable and disable camera shutter sound when capture images/videos. Save Location Camera Settings>Save Location>On/Off If Save location is enable then captured images/Videos will save with location detail at where image/video is captured. It functions same for both front and rear camera. If Swipe to switch camera is enabled then swipe up or down on camera screen to switch camera front to rear or rear to front. And it work for both photo and video mode. Camera settings>Picture size It gives option to adjust various picture size for capturing images as (4:3) 8.0 MP, (4:3) 3.1 MP,

(4:3) 1.9 MP, (16:9) 6.0 MP,

(16:9) 2.4 MP, (16:9) 2.1 MP and

(19:9) 1.1 MP. It is same for both front and rear camera in Photo mode. Set picture quality as Super fine, Fine or Normal. It works same for both front and rear camera in Photo mode. Swipe to switch camera Picture size Picture Quality 17 Waterma rk To enable Watermark can capture images with LG logo at right bottom side as SHOT ON LG W10. It is same for both front and rear camera. And it is for Photo mode not for video mode. Countdo wn duration Composi tion Line Countdown duration is option to capture images automatically after selected time interval. Here options are as 3s, 10s and Off. It functions same for both front and rear camera. This work only for Photo mode. It is not for Video mode. Here gives various options as Close, Grid, Golden section, Reticle and Box line for camera preview. User can choose any option according to capturing object and can capture images. This setting is for both Photo mode and Video mode. Except Box line, vide mode has rest of the composition line options. AI Detect Here is setting as Off, Face detect (will detect all available faces in preview) and Smile shutter (will capture image automatically with smile). It works same for both front and rear camera. This setting is only for Photo mode and not for video mode. 18 Anti-

Banding Anti-Banding is a setting that you should check if you are in a room with fluorescent lights or you plan on shooting a television screen. Often when using a camera in these environments, there is a noticeable flicker in the image. This setting helps reduce flicker. Enhance lowlight photos automati cally This setting is to enhance the lowlight photos. This setting is for photo mode and work for both front and rear camera. This setting is not for video mode. Touch Screen to capture Mirror Reflectio n To enable Touch Screen to capture can capture the image with touch anywhere on camera screen. It is same for both rear and front camera. This setting is only for photo mode and not for video mode. Front Camera>Settings> Mirror Reflection It means that if you view the pictures taken, then you'd see that right is left and left is right just like looking in the mirror. It works only in Front Camera. It is not for rear camera. This setting is for photo mode and not for video mode. Video Size Audio Camera settings>Video size It gives option to adjust various video size for recording videos as HD 1080p, HD 720p, SD 480p and QCIF for rear camera and HD 720p, SD 480p and CIF for front camera. User can choose any size and record videos accordingly. This setting is only for Video mode. It is not for Photo mode. On/Off Audio option will enable/disable audio recording in recorded videos. 19 Restore Default Restore default will reset the camera settings to the default. 4.4 Chrome 4.5 Clock 4.6 Contacts This is a Browser; you can use this for browse web sites. Touch the Clock icon in the main menu interface. You can set an alarm by modifying an existing alarm or by adding a new one. Timer and Stop watch also available in Clock application. View contacts that saved in Device or Gmail. Here user has options as:

Search You can search contacts by contact name. After inputting correct name, it will show the contact. New contact

"new contact", you can choose to add the contact to Phone or Gmail. Click the After choosing storage location, input name and number can be added. Delete/Share contact Long press any contact, enter the multi-selection list, check the contact, then click

"Delete" or Contacts to display Share. From the option at top right corner view to part of the contacts. Labels can Set display all contacts or customize at top left corner>View and create Labels (Group Contacts). Options button Settings:-

Your info: If information saved before will display here otherwise user can add or edit information. Accounts: If you do not add account, account management is empty, if you have added the account, you will see the account information, of course, you can add multiple accounts in the settings, to achieve multiple account synchronization. After adding the account, click on this account can synchronize your mobile phone contacts. Sort by: Sort contacts list by first name or Surname. Name format: Display contacts in format as first name first or Surname first. Theme: Choose theme as Dark, Light or Set by Battery saver. Default Contact Storage: Set Gmail or Device as default storage for new contacts. Import/Export/Restore: You can import contacts from the SD card or export the contact list to SD card and can restore contact from previous backups. Undo changes: Change your contacts list back to any state in the past 30 days. Call contact 20 Click contact to enter into contact detail interface and then click the call icon. Send message to contact Click contact to enter into detail contact interface and then click the message icon. 4.7 Google Docs Google Docs is a word processor included as part of a free, web-based software office suite offered by Google. The app is also compatible with Microsoft Office file formats. The application allows users to create and edit files and provide lot of document templates for user reference like CVs, different letters format, Legal etc. 4.8 Downloads 4.9 Google Drive All the downloaded contents from the browser will save under Downloads app. Google Drive is a file storage and synchronization service developed by Google. Google Drive allows users to store files on their servers, synchronize files across devices, and share files. Safely store and share your photos, videos, files and more in the cloud. Your first 15 GB of storage are free with a Google account. 4.10 Google Duo Google Duo is the new, simple video calling app that brings you face-to-face with all the people that matter most. With Duo can connect video call with any device either Android or Iphone. 4.11 Files 4.12 FM Radio 4.13 Gmail 4.14 Google Files by Google is a file management app that helps you Free up space with cleaning recommendations. Find files faster with search and simple browsing. Share files offline with others, fast and without data. Please plug in the compatible earphone to the device and then turn on the radio. The earphone cable can be used as FM Antenna. Please adjust appropriate volume when listening to the radio. Continue to use higher volume is harmful for your ear. You can login to your existing Gmail account or create new Gmail account through this app. You can search and view something in your phone or webpage after connect with internet through this function. 21 4.15 Keep Notes Google Keep is a note-taking service, Keep offers a variety of tools for taking notes, including text, lists, images, and audio. Quickly capture what's on your mind and get a reminder later at the right place or time. Speak a voice memo on the go and have it automatically transcribed. 4.16 Google Maps Navigate your world faster and easier with Google Maps. Get real-time GPS navigation, traffic, and transit info, and explore local neighborhoods by knowing where to eat, drink and go - no matter what part of the world youre in. 4.17 Messages You can use Messaging to exchange text messages (SMS) and multimedia messages (MMS) with your friends on their mobile phones. Sending a message 1. Touch message icon on the home screen and touch add new message icon to edit a new message. 2. Enter a contacts name or number in the recipient field. As the information is entered, all matching contacts appear. Touch a suggested contact or multiple contacts as message recipient(s). 3. Touch Enter message to compose your message. 4. After completing the message, touch Send icon to send your message. Note: - This handset supports multi regional languages. User can read and write messages in following languages:

English, Hindi, Marathi, Punjabi, Tamil, Telugu, Malayalam, Bengali, Gujarati, Kannada, Assamese, kashmiri, Konkani, Manipuri, Nepali, Oriya, Sanskrit, Sindhi, Urdu, Bodo, Santali, Maithili and Dogri. Google News is a smart news app that organizes what's happening in the world to help you learn more about the stories that matter to you. Stay up to date with Google News. 4.18 News 4.19 Phone Dial a call to a number saved in your contacts or to the new number. Also can check the recent call logs records. Three dots (

the screen for more options and settings like Call history, Calling accounts, Contact Blacklist etc. Touch the dial pad icon, where you can input phone number to originate a call.

) menu at the top right corner of 4.20 Google Photos Google Photos is the home for all your photos and videos, automatically organized and easy to share. Also this app have Backup feature and gives users free, 22 unlimited storage for photos up to 16 megapixels and videos up to 1080p resolution. 4.21 Google Play Movies & TV The app offers movies and television shows for purchase or rental, depending on availability. 4.22 Google Play Store Enjoy millions of the latest Android apps, games, music, movies, TV, books, magazines & more. Here you can search and download paid and free applications and games of your interest and enjoy. 4.23 Settings The Settings application contains most of the tools for customizing and configuring your phone as: Network & Internet You can use Network & Internet settings to manage your SIM card settings, configure and manage connections to networks and devices by using Wi-Fi. Set up hotspot & tethering, Airplane mode, VPN and mobile networks in this interface. Swipe up on Home key>Settings>Network & Internet Wi-Fi to activate it. On the settings screen, tap Network & Internet> Wi-Fi. Tap Available Wi-Fi networks appear automatically. Select a network. You may need to enter the network's Wi-Fi password. The device skips this process for previously accessed Wi-Fi networks. If you do not want to automatically connect to a certain Wi-Fi network, tap the network and then tap Forget network. Wi-Fi preferences Under Wi-Fi feature Wi-Fi preference feature is available, It give options as Turn On Wi-Fi automatically On/Off Wi-Fi will turn back on near high quality saved networks, like your home network. Open Network notification On/Off Notify when a high quality public network is available. Install certificates Install certificates if required. Network rating provider Google and None Wi-Fi Direct You can connect your device to other devices that support Wi-Fi Direct to share data directly with them. You do not need an access point. You can connect with more than two devices by using Wi-Fi Direct. Turn On Wi-Fi and enter to Wi-Fi Preference>Wi-Fi Direct Nearby devices that support Wi-Fi Direct automatically appears. Select a device Connection occurs when the device accepts the connection request. 23 Note: - The battery may drain fast using Wi-Fi Direct. MAC address IP Address Here MAC address information available. Here IP address information available. Saved networks Here shows the saved networks list. Mobile Network Here found options as:

Mobile data On/Off Access data using mobile network Roaming On/Off Connect to data services when roaming. App data usage When open data usage list of app display with detail of mobile data used within a preset monthly cycle as:

Here more options to customize some more settings as:

Settings>Network & Internet>Mobile network>App data usage>

Here can check and reset the usage cycle duration date. 24 Set Data Warning On/Off Data Warning Here can set data warning as 1GB/2GB/5GB etc. at which user want to get data warning alerts. When mobile data used upto the set limit it will give data warning alert to user that he has used the data which he set in Data warning option. Set Data Limit On/Off If it is ON, then it will pause the mobile data when mobile data consumed as per pre set data limit and give one notification to user to resume if want to continue using data or OK to pause the data usage as:

Data Limit Here can set the data limit at which user want to get Data limit alert. Enhance 4G LTE Mode On/Off Use LTE services to improve voice and other communications (recommended) Preferred Network Type Here can set network as 4G/3G/2G. Automatically Select Network On/Off If enable then search network and register to network automatically. But if it is disable then need to search and register to available networks manually. Access Point Names Here display the APNs for the inserted SIM card operators. Data Saver Settings>Network & Internet>Data usage>Data Saver On/Off, if it is enable then it help to reduce data usage, data saver prevents some apps from sending or receiving data in the background. An app that you are currently using can access data, but may do so less frequently. This may mean, for example, that images dont display until you tap them. Hotspot & Tethering Here different tethering options to share mobile data as:

Wi-Fi hotspot On/Off If it is enabled then user can share his mobile data with others after doing few settings as:

On/Off -

Hotspot name Here by default handset name but user can customize to tap to On/off Wi-Fi hotspot function. any other name. Hotspot password User need to set some password to make his device hotspot as password protected. If user want to share his data with others then turn on Wi-Fi on others handset and share the hotspot password with them to connect. 25 Note: - This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage, fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. For more information please visit http://www.android.com/tether#wifi USB Tethering On/Off Share phones internet connection via USB Connect your device and others devices via USB cable. On the settings screen Network & Internet>Hotspot & tethering>USB tethering Tap to activate it Note: - 1. This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage, fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. 2. When connecting to a computer, download the USB driver from www.lg.com and install it on the computer. 3. You cannot send or receive files between your device and a computer while USB tethering is turned on. Turn Off USB tethering to send or receive files. 4. Operating system that support tethering are Window Xp or higher or Linux. Bluetooth Tethering Share phones Internet connection via Bluetooth. A Bluetooth-connected device can connect to the Internet by using your devices mobile data with few settings as:

On the settings screen, tap Network & Internet>Hotspot & tethering>Bluetooth Tethering Tap Turn on Bluetooth on both devices and pair them. to activate it. Note: - This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. For more information is available http://www.android.com/tether#Bluetooth_tethering 26 SIM Cards Here save the SIM settings as:

SIM 1/SIM2 Enable/Disable, change SIM name and theme color. Mobile Data Save here preferred SIM1 or SIM2 for mobile data Calls Save here preferred SIM as SIM1 or SIM2 for outgoing calls. SMS messages Save here preferred SIM as SIM1/SIM2 for sending messages. Airplane mode On/Off To enable/disable airplane mode. VPN - You can connect to a safe virtual network, such as intranet. You can also manage connected virtual private networks. Add VPN as:

1. On the settings screen tap Network & Internet>VPN 2. 3. Tap on + option at top right corner and Add VPN Enter VPN details and save it. Configuring VPN settings as:

2. Tap a VPN from the VPSs list. 3. Enter the VPN user account details and tap CONNECT Note: - This feature is available only when the screen lock is activated. If the screen lock is deactivated, a notification screen appears. Tap CHANGE from the notification screen to activate the screen lock. See Setting a screen lock for details. Connected Devices You can set BT, Cast devices and Printers connections here and access them. Enter to the Connection Preferences option for Select any connection option and follow the on-screen notification to setup the connections. Bluetooth - You can connect your device to nearby devices that support Bluetooth to exchange data with them. Connect your device to a Bluetooth headset and a Keyboard. This makes it easier to control the device. Pairing with another device 27 1. On the settings screen tap Connected devices>Connection preferences>Bluetooth. to activate this. 2. Tap 3. Available devices appear automatically.

(Only the devices sets as visible are displayed on the list.) 4. Select a device from the list. 5. Follow the on-screen instructions to perform authentications. (This step is skipped for previously accessed devices) Sending data via Bluetooth 1. Select a file

(You can send multimedia files or contacts.) share via Bluetooth 2. Tap 3. Select a target device for the file. 4. The file is sent as soon as the target device accepts it.

(File sharing process may differ, depending on the file) Cast You can play the screen and sound of the devices on a different device such as TV that supports the cast functions with the help of cast devices such as chrome cast etc. Printing You can connect with printers via Wi-Fi. For this function printers must support Wi-Fi. Received Files Check here transfer history. Chromebook Link devices so that yo can text from your computer, share your phones internet connection and simplify unlocking. Use your Chromebook to setup. For more information visit http://support.google.com/chromebook Apps & Notifications Here you can check all the applications as recent, default and system apps of device and can check screen time for the recent apps, On/Off/Change notification sound, check apps permissions and special access for the apps. Battery You can view your battery status, battery percentage, battery level and battery use in this interface. And you can set up various setting like Battery Saver On/Off If enable then to extend battery life, Battery saver turns off some device features and restricts apps. Adaptive Battery On/Off If enabled, it will limit battery for apps that you dont use often. To extend battery life, Adaptive Battery limits battery for infrequently used apps. Your phone will learn how you use apps over time. Notifications may be delayed for these apps. Battery Percentage On/Off Show battery percentage in status bar. Display Here you can customize various display settings as Brightness level Here can set display brightness from 0-100%

Night Light Eye comfort tints your screen amber. This makes it easier to look at your screen or read in dim light, and may help you fall asleep more easily. Colors & Contrast Here can customize display color and contrast. 28 Adaptive brightness On/Off If enabled, your screen brightness will automatically adjust to your environment and activities. You can move the slider manually to help adaptive brightness learn your preferences. Wallpaper Choose wallpapers from Live wallpapers/Photos/Wallpapers. Sleep Set sleep time from the available options. Auto rotate screen On/Off auto rotate screen. Font size Here user can change font size of text. Display size With display size user can make the items on screen smaller or larger. Some apps may change position. Screen saver Set screen saver as Clock/Colors/Photo frame/Photo Table/Photos and condition for the screen saver as while charging/while docked/while charging or docked/Never. Ambient Display If it is enabled then screen will wake up from sleep mode for new received notifications. Device theme - Here options to choose device theme as Dark/Light/Automatic

(based on wallpaper) Sound Here you can customize Volume level for Media Volume/Call volume/Ring volume/Alarm volume. Also Vibrate for calls On/Off If enabled then phone will vibrate also for Incoming calls. Do not disturb On/Off If enabled it will mute the sound & notifications but allow alarm and media, No visual or sound from notifications, Calls from starred contacts and repeat callers and no messages, events & reminders. User can customize its duration and also its behavior. Shortcut to prevent ringing - Press volume up and power key simultaneously to set the ringer mode to silent or vibrate. SIM1/SIM2 Ringtone Here user can customize the SIM1/SIM2 incoming calls ringtone. User can customized ringtone from the available system tone options and also from the music/audio files available in phone storage or SD card. Default Notification Sound - Here user can customize the notification sound from the available system tone options and also from the music/audio files available in phone storage or SD card. Other sounds and Vibrations On/Off Dial pad tones, Screen locking sounds, Touch sounds and Touch vibrations. Memory You can view total memory; average used (%) and free memory. Storage Use the Storage settings to monitor the used and available space on your phone and on your SD card and to manage your space. Panic Button Swipe up on Home key>Settings>Panic button This feature is with On/Off facility, by default it is ON for user safety concerns. You can use this function to call Emergency number, 112 in Emergency situation. You can use this function by pressing Power key three times in quick succession;

your phone will initiate the call to single emergency number 112. It will work in locked/unlocked mode without needing to enter your phone pass code. Security & Location You can set the parameters about security through this function as:

29 Device security Here options are as:

Screen lock Here user can set screen lock as None/Swipe/Pattern/PIN/Password. Lock screen preferences Set here lock screen preferences. Face unlock Here in face unlock settings add your face and use your face to unlock your device. Smart Lock Here more smart options to keep your device safe with options available as Smart lock with On-body detection, Trusted places, Trusted devices, trusted face and voice match. Note: - Please understood the instructions carefully of Smart lock before use. Privacy Here options are as:

Location On/Off you device location. Show passwords Display character briefly as you type password to unlock screen. Device admin apps Here only one device admin app as Find My Device. It is useful to lock or erase data in case device is lost. SIM Card Lock Set up SIM lock password with the help of SIM PIN. If you dont know your SIM PIN, please contact with your operator services and get your PIN. Except above options few more options as Encryption & credentials, Trusted agents and screen pinning are available in Security settings. Accounts Here you can check your configured accounts on device and also add & delete any configured account. Accessibility You use the Accessibility settings to configure any accessibility plug-ins you have installed on your phone and other options like Magnification mode, Color inversion, Power button end calls, Mono audio, Captions, High contrast text etc. Digital Wellbeing & Parental Controls Digital Wellbeing & parental controls features is a feature which helps telling which apps you're spending too much time and you can limit your usage to a particular application by set a timer on the application. Google Here you will found google account security settings and other services settings as location, search assistant & voice, setup nearby device etc. System About phone - This function enables you to view some phone related information like software info, IMEI info, serial number, SAR info etc. Language & input - Use the Language & Input settings to select the language for the text on your phone and for configuring the input method. Open the Language & Input option>Language>Add a language>Select a language from the list. Now selected language will display in the Language preference list. Here select the preferred language and drag it to the top position to use selected language as phones default language. Gestures Enable Swipe up on Home button to switch apps and if disable will switch to three button interfaces as Back, Home and Recent key. 30 Date & time - You can use Date & Time settings to set your preferences for how dates are displayed. You can also use these settings to set your own time and time zone, rather than obtaining the current time from the network etc. Backup Here can enable or disable backup your data to Google drive, if enable, the google drive will backup of your gmail, apps, contacts, SMS etc. Reset Options - Reset your phone in this interface as Erase all data or Reset wifi, mobile & network settings or reset app preference. Multiple Users - User can create multiple guest/user using this option. System Update Check here for any new update if any software update Create, edit, and collaborate with others on spreadsheets from your device with the Google Sheets app. With Google Sheets Open, edit, and save Excel files. available here and then update. 4.24 Sheets 4.25 SIM Toolkit Here you will find SIM Services. 4.26 Slides Create, edit, and collaborate with others on presentations from your device with the Google Slides app. With Google Slides you can Open, edit, and save PowerPoint files. 4.27 Sound Recorder Use this function to record audio files and can check recorded audio files. 4.28 YouTube 4.29 YT Music Here you can watch videos of your choice after data is connected. Here you can stream and browse playlists, albums, and artists from youtube music app. 4.30 Google Assistant Your device has the Google Assistant built in. Ask it questions. Tell it to do things. Its your own personal Google. Touch and hold Home key and then you will see

"Hi, how can I help?" after which you can say your voice command. Note: - The Google assistant is not available in all languages. 31 5.1 FAQ 5. Appendix If you find exceptions when operating the mobile phone, restore the factory settings and then refer to the following table to solve the problem. If the problem persists, contact the distributor or service provider. Fault Cause Solution SIM card error The SIM card is damaged. Contact your network service provider The SIM card is not in position. Check the SIM card The metal face of the SIM card is polluted. Clean the SIM card with a clean cloth Signals are obstructed. For instance, radio waves cannot be effectively transmitted nearby a high building or in a basement. Line congestions occur when you use the mobile phone in high-traffic hours Gaming for long periods of time Streaming content for hours like YouTube or Netflix etc. Move to a place where signals can be effectively transmitted Avoid using the mobile phone in hightraffic hours Use less power like Low Power Mode or Battery Saver Mode or Battery optimization to reduces the amount of power your phone is using and can also help preserve your phones Poor received signal quality Device Over heat 32 Your settings arent optimal like Screen brightness on full blast? Animated wallpaper? Widgets, widgets everywhere?

battery life. Dim your screen brightness Keeping the screen at a reasonable brightness

(not full blast) will take some strain off your phones battery (and your eyes). Turn off Wi-Fi, GPS, and Bluetooth Disabling batterydraining features such as these gives your phone a break, allowing it to cool down. Avoid direct sunlight Charge your phone correctly with appropriate charger. Environmental factors etc. Used wrong charger for charging battery. Restart your phone Occasionally restarting your phone can help prevent overheating due to minor software problems. The mobile phone cannot be powered on The battery energy is exhausted. Charge the battery Calls cannot be dialed Call barring is activated Cancel call barring 33 The SIM card is invalid Contact your network service provider The mobile phone the connect cannot network The mobile phone is not in a service area of the GSM network Move to the network operator's service area The signal is weak Move to a place where the signal quality is high The charging voltage does not match the voltage range indicated on the charger Ensure the charging voltage matches the voltage range indicated on the charger The battery cannot be charged An improper charger is used Use the charger specially designed for the mobile phone Ensure the charger plug is in good contact with the mobile phone Poor contact 5.2 Phone software update LG Mobile phone software update from the Internet LG Mobile phone software update from the Internet. For more information about using this function, please visit http://www.lg.com/common/index.jsp, select your country and language. This feature allows you to conveniently update the firmware on your phone to a newer version from the Internet without needing to visit a service center. This feature will only be available if and when LG makes a newer firmware version available for your device. Because the mobile phone firmware update requires the users full attention for the duration of the update process, please make sure you check all instructions and notes that appear at each step before proceeding. Please note that removing the USB cable during the upgrade may seriously damage your mobile phone. Note: - LG reserves the right to make firmware updates available only for selected models at its own discretion and does not guarantee the availability of the newer version of the firmware for all handset models. LG Mobile Phone software update via Over-the-Air (OTA) 34 This feature allows you to conveniently update your phones software to a newer version via OTA, without connecting a USB cable. This feature will only be available when LG makes a newer firmware version available for your device. To perform the phone software update Settings>System>Advanced>System Update>Check for update. Note: - Your personal data from internal phone storage including information about your Google account and any other accounts, your system/application data and settings, any downloaded applications and your DRM license might be lost in the process of updating your phones software. Therefore, LG recommends that you backup your personal data before updating your phones software. LG does not take responsibility for any loss of personal data. This feature depends on the area or service provider. 5.3 Disposal of Your Old Appliance (As per e-waste rule) The WEEE logo (shown at the left) appears on the product (handset, and charger) to indicate that this product must not be disposed of or dumped with your other household wastes. You are liable to dispose of all your electronic or electrical waste equipment by relocating over to the specified collection point for recycling of such hazardous waste. Collection and proper recovery of your electronic waste equipment at the time of disposal will allow us to help preserve the environment. Recycling of the electronic waste equipment will ensure safety of human health and environment. For more information on best practices for disposal of electronic and electrical waste, please visit to our web site: http://www.lge.com/in Note: - LGE will not bear any responsibility for any incompliance with the abovementioned guidelines or improper usage of the mobile phone. 5.4 Open Source Software Notice Information To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers and copyright notices are available for download. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution (such as the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon email request to opensource@lge.com. This offer is valid for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information. 5.5 Regulatory information (Regulation ID number, BIS Mark, E-Labeling etc.) For regulatory details, go to Settings>System>About Phone>Regulatory and Safety 35 5.6 LG Bridge LG Bridge overview LG Bridge is an app that helps you manage the photos, music, videos and documents saved on your LG Smartphone from your computer conveniently. You can back up contacts, photos and more to the computer or update the device software. Note: - See LG Bridge help for details. The supported features may vary depending on the device. LG USB driver is a necessary program to connect your LG smartphone with the computer and is installed when you install LG Bridge. LG Bridge functions 1. Manage the files on the device from a computer via Wi-Fi connection or mobile data connection. 2. Back up data from the device to a computer or restore data from a computer to the device via USB cable connection. 3. Update the device software from a computer via USB cable connection. Installing LG Bridge on a computer 1. Go to www.lg.com from your computer. 2. Select your region and click . 3. In the search bar, enter the name of your device. 4. Click Support Manuals & Downloads. 5. In the Software & Firmware, Click PC Sync and download the setup file. 6. Click Details to view the minimum requirements for installing LG Bridge. 5.7 Customer Information Center For any query related to after sales service, you may please contact us on the numbers listed below. 5.8 Trademarks Copyright 2019 LG Electronics, Inc. All rights reserved. LG and the LG logo are registered trademarks of LG Group and its related entities. GoogleTM, Google MapsTM, GmailTM, YouTubeTM, Google DuoTM, Google PlayTM, AndroidTM, ChromeTM, Google PhotosTM, Google Play ProtectTM, 36 Google CalendarTM, Google DocsTM, Google DriveTM, Google SheetsTM and other related marks and logos are trademarks of Google LLC. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. worldwide. Wi-Fi and the Wi-Fi logo are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi Alliance. All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners. 5.9 FCC STATMENT This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Caution:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment. NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help important announcement 5.10 HEALT AND SAFETY INFORMATION Certification Information (RoHS) We at LG take our social responsibility seriously and are committed to the cause of saving our environment; it is in keeping with these commitments that we are proud to state that LG phones are RoHS complaint. 37 Certification Information (SAR) Your phone is designed not to exceed the limits of emission of radio waves recommended by international guidelines. These guidelines include safety margins designed to assure the protection of all persons, regardless of age and health. SAR (specific absorption rate) is the unit of bodyabsorbed RF quantity when the phone is in use. SAR value is ascertained according to the highest RF level generated during laboratory tests. The true SAR level during phone usage will be far lower than this level. The SAR value of the phone may change depending on factors such as how close you are to a network tower, use of accessories and other enhancements. The Max. SAR Level(s) Reported at 1g : 1.04 W/kg The SAR value may differ depending on national reporting, testing requirements and the network band. To maintain compliance with FCC RF exposure requirements, use accessories that maintain a 10mm separation distance between the users body and the back of the handset. The use of belt clips, holsters and similar accessories should not contain metallic components in its assembly. The use of accessories that do not satisfy these requirements may not comply with FCC RF exposure requirements and should be avoided. SAR Recommendations Use a wireless handsfree system (headphone, headset) with a low power Bluetooth emitter. Please keep your calls short and use SMS whenever more convenient. This advice applies especially to children, adolescents and pregnant women. Prefer to use your cell phone when the signal quality is good. People having active medical implants should preferably keep the cell phone at least 15 cm away from the implant. Maintain a preferable distance of 15 cm from the device.

 

 

TestModelLMX210LMW WIFI/BT ANT Photo1 GSM/WCDMA/LT EANT FMRXANT Photo2 Photo3 Photo4 Photo5 Photo6 Photo7 Photo8 Photo9 Photo10

 

 

FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW Product name: 4G Mobile phone Model No.: LM-X210LMW FCCIDLABEL:

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

Long:4cm Width:2cm

(1)This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2)This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. LabelLocation

 

 

TestModelLMX210LMW Photo1 Photo2 Photo3 Photo4 Photo5 Photo6

 

 

C ID LABEL

FCC The following is i included in th he manual:

This device compl lies with Part 1 15 of the FCC C Rules. Opera ation is subjec ct to the follow wing two condit tions:

(1)Th his device ma y not cause h armful interfer rence, and

(2)Th his device mu st accept any interference r received, inclu uding interfere ence that may cause undesi red oper ration.

 

 

LG Electronics USA, Inc. Agent Authorization Company: LG Electronics USA, Inc. Address: 1000 Sylvan Ave. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, United States 07632 Product Name: 4G Mobile phone Model Number(s): LM-X210LMW Product Description: 4G Mobile phone We authorize MiCOM Labs Inc., 575 Boulder Court, Pleasanton, California 94566, USA, to act on our behalf on all matters concerning the certification of above named equipment. We declare that MiCOM Labs Inc. is allowed to forward all information related to the approval and certification of equipment to the regulatory agencies as required and to discuss any issues concerning the approval application. Any and all acts carried out by MiCOM Labs on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. Signature:

Name:

Kyung-Su Han Title:

Manager Company:

LG Electronics USA, Inc. Date: Feb. 21, 2020

 

 

LG Electronics USA, Inc. February 21, 2020 Federal Communications Commission Equipment Authorization Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 USA Attn: OET Dept. Ref: FCC Class II Permissive change for FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW Applicant: LG Electronics USA, Inc. Dear Examiner, This is to request a Class II Permissive change for FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW originally granted on 07/25/2019 (date). The change under this application is change Label location and Change User Manual and add the LTE Band 38 I attest that the certified device will not be capable of ad-hoc mode operation outside of the grant conditions. Sincerely, Name: Kyung-Su Han Date: Feb. 21, 2020 Title: Manager Signature of applicant FCC Class II PC request letter Rev1.1

 

 

LG Electronics USA, Inc. Office of Engineering Technology Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 USA Subject; Request for Confidentiality FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW Date: Feb. 21, 2020 To Whom It May Concern, Pursuant to the provisions of the Commissions rules Title 47 Sections 0.457 and 0.459, we are requesting the Commission to withhold the following attachment(s) as confidential documents from public disclosure indefinitely. These documents contain detailed system and equipment descriptions and are considered as proprietary information in operation of the equipment. The public disclosure of these documents might be harmful to our company and would give competitors an unfair advantage in the market. It is our understanding that all measurement test reports, FCC ID label format and correspondence during the certification review process cannot be granted as confidential documents and this information will be available for public review once the grant of equipment authorization is issued. Schematic Diagram Block Diagram Parts List Operational Description Tune-up Procedure Sincerely, Signature:

Name: Kyung-Su Han Title: Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LG Electronics USA, Inc. Agent Authorization Company: LG Electronics USA, Inc. Address: 1000 Sylvan Ave. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, United States 07632 Product Name: 4G Mobile phone Model Number(s): LM-X210LMW Product Description: 4G Mobile phone We authorize MiCOM Labs Inc., 575 Boulder Court, Pleasanton, California 94566, USA, to act on our behalf on all matters concerning the certification of above named equipment. We declare that MiCOM Labs Inc. is allowed to forward all information related to the approval and certification of equipment to the regulatory agencies as required and to discuss any issues concerning the approval application. Any and all acts carried out by MiCOM Labs on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. Signature:

Name:

Title:

Company:

Kyung-Su Han Manager LG Electronics USA, Inc. Date: Oct. 22, 2019

 

 

LG Electronics USA, Inc. October 23, 2019 Federal Communications Commission Equipment Authorization Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 USA Attn: OET Dept. Ref: FCC Class II Permissive change for FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW Applicant: LG Electronics USA, Inc. Dear Examiner, This is to request a Class II Permissive change for FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW originally granted on 07/25/2019 (date). The change under this application is to remove the fingerprint feature and add the logo. I attest that the certified device will not be capable of ad-hoc mode operation outside of the grant conditions. Sincerely, Name: Kyung-Su Han Date: October 23, 2019 Title: Manager Signature of applicant FCC Class II PC request letter Rev1.1

 

 

LG Electronics USA, Inc. Office of Engineering Technology Federal Communications Commission 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 USA Date: Oct. 22, 2019 Subject; Request for Confidentiality FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW To Whom It May Concern, Pursuant to the provisions of the Commissions rules Title 47 Sections 0.457 and 0.459, we are requesting the Commission to withhold the following attachment(s) as confidential documents from public disclosure indefinitely. These documents contain detailed system and equipment descriptions and are considered as proprietary information in operation of the equipment. The public disclosure of these documents might be harmful to our company and would give competitors an unfair advantage in the market. Schematic Diagram Block Diagram Parts List Operational Description Tune-up Procedure It is our understanding that all measurement test reports, FCC ID label format and correspondence during the certification review process cannot be granted as confidential documents and this information will be available for public review once the grant of equipment authorization is issued. Sincerely, Signature:

Name: Kyung-Su Han Title: Manager

 

 

CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST for Certification Service in USA Federal Communication Commission Equipment Authorization Division, Application Processing Branch 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 Date: 2019/07/19 TO WHOM IT MAY CONCERN Pursuant to Paragraphs 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules (47 C.F.R.) and Section 552(b)(4) of the Freedom of Information Act, we requests confidentiality for the following products:

FCC ID ZNFX210LMW LM-X210LMW For the product stated above, we request that the following information be held confidential;

Model name Exhibits Long-Term Short-Term Short-Term Confidentiality Confidentiality Confidentiality Days External Photos Internal Photos Block Diagram Schematics Test Setup Photos Users Manual Parts List Tune Up Operational Descriptions The long-term confidentiality exhibits contain our trade secrets and proprietary information that could be of benefit to our competitors. The short-term confidentiality on the basis of ensuring that business sensitive information remains confidential until the actual marketing of our new device. If you have any questions, please feel free to contact me at the address shown below. Sincerely, Kyung-Su Han Name Company: LG Electronics USA, Inc. Address:

Phone:

Fax:

E-Mail:

1000 Sylvan Ave. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, United States 07632

(201) 266-2215

(201) 816-2003 kyungsu.han@lge.com

 

 

LG Electronics USA, Inc. 1000 Sylvan Ave. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, United States 07632 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Equipment Authorization Branch 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 To whom it may concern:

07/19/2019 We, the undersigned, hereby authorize Eurofins Product Service GmbH to act on our behalf in all matters relating to applications for equipment authorization FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW including the signing of all documents related to these matters. Any and all acts carried out by Eurofins Product Service GmbH on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. We also hereby certify that no party to this application is subject to a denial of benefits, including FCC benefits, pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1988, 21 U.S.C. 862. Sincerely, Kyung-Su Han Name Company: LG Electronics USA, Inc. Address:

Phone:

Fax:

E-Mail:

1000 Sylvan Ave. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, United States 07632

(201) 266-2215

(201) 816-2003 kyungsu.han@lge.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Report No.: HK1907111626-1E FCC PART 22/24 TEST REPORT FCC Part 22 /Part 24 Report Reference No.:

HK1907111626-1E FCC ID:

Compiled by

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

ZNFX210LMW File administrators Gary Qian Supervised by

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

Technique principal Eden Hu Approved by

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

Manager Jason Zhou Date of issue ..................................... : July. 15, 2019 Testing Laboratory Name .............. : Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Address ............................................ :

1F, B2 Building, Junfeng Zhongcheng Zhizao Innovation Park, Heping Community, Fuhai Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen, China Applicants name ............................ : LG Electronics USA, Inc. Address ............................................ : 1000 Sylvan Ave., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632, United Test specification ........................... :

States FCC Part 22: PUBLIC MOBILE SERVICES FCC Part 24: PERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES Standard ........................................... :

Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. All rights reserved. This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for non-commercial purposes as long as the Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. is acknowledged as copyright owner and source of the material. Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. takes no responsibility for and will not assume liability for damages resulting from the reader's interpretation of the reproduced material due to its placement and context. Test item description .....................: 4G Mobile phone Trade Mark ....................................... : LG Model/Type reference....................... : LM-X210LMW Listed Models .................................. :

Ratings ............................................. : DC 3.85V From Battery Modulation ....................................... : GMSK/8PSK GPRS................................................. Supported Hardware version ............................. : V2.0 Software version .............................. : V2.0 Frequency .......................................... GSM 850MHz; PCS 1900MHz;

Result................................................ : PASS

/

Page 2 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E T E S T R E P O R T Test Report No. :

HK1907111626-1E ______________________________________________________________________________________________ July. 12, 2019 Date of issue Equipment under Test Model /Type Listed Models Applicant Address Manufacturer Address

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

4G Mobile phone LM-X210LMW

/

LG Electronics USA, Inc. 1000 Sylvan Ave., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632, United States OPTIEMUS ELECTRONICS LIMITED D-348, Sector-63, Noida, Uttar Pradesh, Pin Code-

201307 Test Result:

PASS The test report merely corresponds to the test sample. It is not permitted to copy extracts of these test result without the written permission of the test laboratory. Revision V1.0 Page 3 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E Revison History Issue Date 2019-07-15 Revisions Initial Issue Revised By Jason Zhou Page 4 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E Contents T E S T S T A N D A R D S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 S U M M A R Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Remarks Product Description Equipment under Test Short description of the Equipment under Test (EUT) EUT configuration Related Submittal(s) / Grant (s) Modifications General Test Conditions/Configurations Modifications 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 T E S T E N V I R O N M E N T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Address of the test laboratory Environmental conditions Test Description Equipments Used during the Test 8 8 8 10 T E S T C O N D I T I O N S A N D R E S U L T S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Output Power Radiated Spurious Emssion Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth Band Edge Complicance Spurious Emssion on Antenna Port Frequency Stability Test Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) 11 16 21 26 31 40 44 T E S T S E T U P P H O T O S O F T H E E U T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 6 1 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 5 Page 5 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 1 T E S T S T A N D A R D S The tests were performed according to following standards:

FCC Part 2: FREQUENCY ALLOCA-TIONS AND RADIO TREATY MAT-TERS; GENERAL RULES AND REG-ULATIONS FCC Part 22 Subpart H: PRIVATE LAND MOBILE RADIO SERVICES. FCC Part 24 Subpart E: PUBLIC MOBILE SERVICES ANSI/TIA-603-E-2016: Land Mobile FM or PM Communications Equipment Measurement and Performance Standards. ANSI C63.26-2015: IEEE/ANSI Standard for Compliance Testing of Transmitters Used in Licensed Radio Services FCCKDB971168D01 Power Meas License Digital Systems 2 S U M M A R Y 2.1 General Remarks Date of receipt of test sample Testing commenced on Testing concluded on 2.2 Product Description Page 6 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E

:

:

:

Jun. 24, 2019 Jun. 25, 2019 July. 15, 2019 4G Mobile phone LM-X210LMW

/

DC 3.85V From Battery N/A GMSK/8PSK Internal antenna Supported EGPRS/GPRS/GSM GSM850:Power Class 4/ PCS1900:Power Class 1 Product Name:

Model/Type reference:

List Model:

Power supply:

Adapter Information Modilation Type Antenna Type GSM/EDGE/GPRS GSM/GPRS Power Class GSM/GPRS Operation Frequency GSM850 :824.2MHz-848.8MHz/PCS1900:1850.2MHz-1909.8MHz GPRS Operation Frequency Band GPRS850/GPRS1900 GPRS/EDGE Multislot Class EGPRS Multislot Class Extreme temp. Tolerance GPRS operation mode EGPRS/GPRS: Multi-slot Class 12

/

-30C to +50C Class B 2.3 Equipment under Test Power supply system utilised Power supply voltage Test frequency list Test Mode TX/RX GSM850 TX RX Test Mode TX/RX TX RX GSM1900

:(cid:3) (cid:443) 120V / 60 Hz(cid:3)

(cid:3) (cid:443) 12 V DC(cid:3)

(cid:3) (cid:445) Other (specified in blank below)

(cid:443) 230V / 50Hz

(cid:443) 24 V DC DC 3.85V From Battery Low(L) Channel 128 824.2 MHz Channel 128 869.2 MHz Low(L) Channel 512 1850.2 MHz Channel 512 1930.2 MHz RF Channel Middle (M) Channel 190 836.6 MHz Channel 190 881.6 MHz RF Channel Middle (M) Channel 661 1880.0 MHz Channel 661 1960.0 MHz High (H) Channel 251 848.8 MHz Channel 251 893.8 MHz High (H) Channel 810 1909.8 MHz Channel 810 1989.8 MHz Page 7 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 2.4 Short description of the Equipment under Test (EUT) This is a 4G Mobile phone. For more details, refer to the users manual of the EUT. 2.5 EUT configuration The following peripheral devices and interface cables were connected during the measurement:

(cid:3)

(cid:445) - supplied by the manufacturer

(cid:3)

(cid:443) - supplied by the lab

(cid:3)

(cid:443) /

M/N : /

Manufacturer: /

2.6 Related Submittal(s) / Grant (s) This submittal(s) (test report) is intended for FCC ID: XXXXXXXX filing to comply with FCC Part 22 and Part 24 Rules Modifications 2.7 No modifications were implemented to meet testing criteria. 2.8 General Test Conditions/Configurations 2.8.1 Test(cid:3)(cid:3)Modes NOTE: The test mode(s) are selected according to relevant radio technology specifications. Test Mode 1 Test Mode 2 Test Mode 3 2.8.2 Test Environment Environment Parameter Selected Values During Tests GPRS GSM EGPRS Ambient Relative Humidity Temperature Voltage TN VL VN VH Ambient 3.465V 3.85V 4.235V NOTE: VL=lower extreme test voltage VN=nominal voltage VH=upper extreme test voltage TN=normal temperature 2.9 Modifications No modifications were implemented to meet testing criteria. Page 8 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 3 T E S T E N V I R O N M E N T 3.1 Address of the test laboratory Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Add.:1F, B2 Building, Junfeng Zhongcheng Zhizao Innovation Park,Heping Community, Fuhai Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen, China 3.2 Environmental conditions During the measurement the environmental conditions were within the listed ranges:

Temperature:

Humidity:

Atmospheric pressure:

3.3 Test Description 15-35 C 30-60 %

950-1050mbar 3.3.1 Cellular Band (824-849MHz paired with 869-894MHz) Requirements FCC Rule Test Item Effective(Isotropic) Radiated Output Power Modulation Characteristics Bandwidth Band Edges Compliance Spurious Emission at Antenna Terminals Field Strength of Spurious Radiation Frequency Stability No. 2.1046, 22.913 2.1047 2.1049 2.1051, 22.917 2.1051, 22.917 2.1053, 22.917 2.1055, 22.355

-13dBm/1%*EBW, in 1MHz bands immediately from 9kHz to 10th harmonics but outside authorized operating frequency ranges. FCC: ERP 7W. Digital modulation OBW: No limit. EBW: No limit. outside and adjacent to The frequency block. FCC: -13dBm/100kHz, FCC: -13dBm/100kHz. 2.5ppm. NOTE 1: For the verdict, the N/A denotes not applicable, the N/T de notes not tested. Verdict Pass N/A Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Page 9 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 3.3.2 PCS Band (1850-1915MHz paired with 1930-1995MHz) Requirements FCC Rule Test Item No. 2.1046, 24.232 2.1046, 24.232 2.1047 2.1049 2.1051, 24.238 2.1051, 24.238 2.1053, 24.238 2.1055, 24.235 Effective(Isotropic) Radiated Output Power Peak-Average Ratio Modulation Characteristics Bandwidth Band Edges Compliance Spurious Emission at Antenna Terminals Field Strength of Spurious Radiation Frequency Stability Remark:

EIRP 2W FCC:Limit13dB Digital modulation OBW: No limit. EBW: No limit.

-13dBm/1%*EBW, The frequency block.

-13dBm/1MHz, In 1MHz bands immediately outside and adjacent to from 9kHz to10th harmonics but outside authorized Operating frequency ranges.

-13dBm/1MHz. FCC: within authorized frequency block. Verdict Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass NOTE 1: For the verdict, the N/A denotes not applicable, the N/T de notes not tested. 1. The measurement uncertainty is not included in the test result. Page 10 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 3.4 Equipments Used during the Test Test Equipment Manufacturer R&S R&S R&S R&S Agilent Tonscend Schwarzbeck Schwarzbeck Schwarzbeck Schwarzbeck EMCI Agilent Schwarzbeck Model No. ENV216 ENV216 ESCI 7 FSP40 N9020A JS0806-1 FMZB 1519 B VULB9163 9120D LB-180400KF EMC051845SE 83051A BBV 9743 Boyang HTC-1 Serial No. HKE-059 HKE-002 HKE-010 HKE-025 HKE-048 HKE-060 HKE-014 HKE-012 HKE-013 HKE-054 HKE-015 HKE-016 HKE-006 HKE-075 Calibration Date 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 Calibration Due Date 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 Guangke Tonscend Times Times Agilent Agilent Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend R&S R&S HT-80L HKE-118 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 JS0806-F 9kHz-1GHz 1-40G E4419B E9300A TS+ Rev 2.5.0.0 TS+ Rev 2.5.0.0 JS1120-B Version 2.6 JS1120-4 JS1120-3 JS1120-1 HKE-055 HKE-117 HKE-034 HKE-085 HKE-086 HKE-081 HKE-082 HKE-083 HKE-113 HKE-114 HKE-115 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A CMW500 HKE-026 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 CMU200 HKE-029 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 LISN LISN Receiver Spectrum analyzer Spectrum analyzer RF automatic control unit Loop antenna Bilog Broadband Antenna Horn antenna High gain antenna Preamplifier Preamplifier Preamplifier Temperature and humidity meter High-low temperature chamber High pass filter unit RF Cable(below1GHz) RF Cable(above 1GHz) Power meter Power Sensor Conducted test software Radiated test software RF test software RF test software RF test software RF test software Communication Test Communication Test Wireless Set Wireless Set Page 11 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 4 T E S T C O N D I T I O N S A N D R E S U L T S 4.1 Output Power TEST APPLICABLE During the process of testing, the EUT was controlled via R&S Digital Radio Communication tester (CMW500) to ensure max power transmission and proper modulation. This result contains output power and EIRP measurements for the EUT. In all cases, output power is within the specified limits. 4.1.1 Conducted Output Power TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE Conducted Power Measurement:

a) Place the EUT on a bench and set it in transmitting mode. b) Connect a low loss RF cable from the antenna port to a CMW500 by an Att. c) EUT Communicate with CMW500 then selects a channel for testing. d) Add a correction factor to the display CMW500, and then test. Function Power step GSM GPRS EDGE 5 3 8 Function Power step GSM GPRS EDGE 0 3 2 GSM850 Nominal output power (dBm) 33dBm(2W) 33dBm(2W) 27dBm(0.5W) PCS1900 Nominal output power (dBm) 30dBm(1W) 30dBm(1W) 27dBm(0.5W) Power &Multislot class 4 12 12 Power &Multislot class 1 12 12 Operation class

/

B B Operation class

/

B B TEST RESULTS GSM 850 GSM GPRS

(GMSK) EGPRS

(8PSK) GSM 1900 GSM GPRS

(GMSK) EGPRS

(8PSK) 1TX slot 2TX slot 3TX slot 4TX slot 1TX slot 2TX slot 3TX slot 4TX slot 1TX slot 2TX slot 3TX slot 4TX slot 1TX slot 2TX slot 3TX slot 4TX slot Page 12 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E Burst Average Conducted power (dBm) Channel/Frequency(MHz) 128/824.2 190/836.6 251/848.8 30.21 30.28 28.19 27.04 25.85 26.53 24.00 22.78 21.39 512/1850.2 30.34 30.34 27.95 26.35 25.24 28.20 25.97 24.28 23.57 30.51 30.49 28.47 27.35 26.16 26.75 24.39 22.94 21.57 30.40 30.29 27.92 26.34 25.26 28.06 25.76 24.65 23.45 Burst Average Conducted power (dBm) Channel/Frequency(MHz) 661/1880.0 30.45 30.47 28.42 27.30 26.13 26.56 24.18 22.75 21.55 810/1909.8 30.08 30.07 27.75 26.18 25.09 28.04 25.81 24.52 23.38 Page 13 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 4.1.2 Radiated Output Power TEST DESCRIPTION This is the test for the maximum radiated power from the EUT. Rule Part 24.232(c) specifies, "Mobile/portable stations are limited to 2 watts e.i.r.p. Peak power" and 24.232(e) specifies that "Peak transmit power must be measured over any interval of continuous transmission using instrumentation calibrated in terms of an rms-equivalent voltage." Rule Part 22.913(a) specifies The ERP of mobile transmitters and auxiliary test transmitters must not exceed 7 Watts. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. EUT was placed on a 0.80 meter high non-conductive stand at a 3 meter test distance from the receive antenna. A receiving antenna was placed on the antenna mast 3 meters from the EUT for emission measurements. The height of receiving antenna is 0.80m. Detected emissions were maximized at each frequency by rotating the EUT through 360 and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. The radiated emission measurements of all transmit frequencies in three channels (High, Middle, Low) were measured with peak detector. 2. A log-periodic antenna or double-ridged waveguide horn antenna shall be substituted in place of the EUT. The log-periodic antenna will be driven by a signal generator and the level will be adjusted till the same power value on the spectrum analyzer or receiver. The level of the spurious emissions can be calculated through the level of the signal generator, cable loss, the gain of the substitution antenna and the reading of the spectrum analyzer or receiver. 3. The EUT is then put into continuously transmitting mode at its maximum power level during the test.Set Test Receiver or Spectrum RBW=1MHz,VBW=3MHz, And the maximum value of the receiver should be recorded as (Pr). 4. The EUT shall be replaced by a substitution antenna. In the chamber, an substitution antenna for the frequency band of interest is placed at the reference point of the chamber. An RF Signal source for the frequency band of interest is connected to the substitution antenna with a cable that has been constructed to not interfere with the radiation pattern of the antenna. A power (PMea) is applied to the input of the Page 14 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E substitution antenna, and adjust the level of the signal generator output until the value of the receiver reach the previously recorded (Pr). The power of signal source (PMea) is recorded. The test should be performed by rotating the test item and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. 5. A amplifier should be connected to the Signal Source output port. And the cable should be connect between the Amplifier and the Substitution Antenna. The cable loss (Pcl) ,the Substitution Antenna Gain

(Ga) and the Amplifier Gain (PAg) should be recorded after test. The measurement results are obtained as described below:

Power(EIRP)=PMea- PAg - Pcl + Ga We used SMF100A micowave signal generator which signal level can up to 33dBm,so we not used power Amplifier for substituation test; The measurement results are amend as described below:

Power(EIRP)=PMea- Pcl + Ga 6. This value is EIRP since the measurement is calibrated using an antenna of known gain (2.15 dBi) and known input power. 7. ERP can be calculated from EIRP by subtracting the gain of the dipole, ERP = EIRP-2.15dBi. TEST LIMIT Note: We test the H direction and V direction, V direction is worse. According to 22.913(a) and 24.232(c), the ERP should be not exceed following table limits:

Function GSM GPRS EDGE Function GSM GPRS EDGE GSM850(GPRS850,EDGE850) Power Step PCS1900(GPRS1900,EDGE1900) Power Step 5 3 8 0 3 2 Burst Peak ERP (dBm)

(cid:950)38.45dBm (7W)

(cid:950)38.45dBm (7W)

(cid:950)38.45dBm (7W)(cid:3) Burst Peak EIRP (dBm)

(cid:950)33dBm (2W)

(cid:950)33dBm (2W)

(cid:950)33dBm (2W)(cid:3) TEST RESULTS Remark:

1. We were tested all Configuration refer 3GPP TS151 010. 2. EIRP=PMea(dBm)-Pcl(dB)+PAg(dB)+Ga(dBi) 3. ERP = EIRP 2.15dBi as EIRP by subtracting the gain of the dipole. Note: 1.We tesed Horizontal and Vertical,and Recorded the worst data at the Vertical GSM 850 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 836.60 848.80 GSM 1900 Frequency

(MHz) 1850.20 1880.00 1909.80 PMea

(dBm)

-13.54

-14.49

-13.08 Pcl

(dB) 2.42 2.46 2.53 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 8.45 8.45 8.36 Correction

(dB) 2.15 2.15 2.15 PAg

(dB) 36.82 36.82 36.82 ERP

(dBm) 27.16 26.17 27.42 Limit

(dBm) 38.45 38.45 38.45 Margin

(dB) 11.29 12.28 11.03 Polarization V V V PMea

(dBm)

-13.98

-14.49

-13.34 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 PAg

(dB) 33.6 33.6 33.6 EIRP

(dBm) 26.45 25.86 26.94 Limit

(dBm) 33.01 33.01 33.01 Margin

(dB) 6.56 7.15 6.07 Polarization V V V Page 15 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E PMea

(dBm)

-13.54

-14.07

-12.38 Pcl

(dB) 2.42 2.46 2.53 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 8.45 8.45 8.36 Correction

(dB) 2.15 2.15 2.15 PAg

(dB) 36.82 36.82 36.82 ERP

(dBm) 27.16 26.59 28.12 Limit

(dBm) 38.45 38.45 38.45 Margin

(dB) 11.29 11.86 10.33 Polarization V V V PMea

(dBm)

-13.98

-13.88

-13.14 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 PAg

(dB) 33.60 33.60 33.60 EIRP

(dBm) 26.45 26.47 27.14 Limit

(dBm) 33.01 33.01 33.01 Margin

(dB) 6.56 6.54 5.87 Polarization V V V PMea

(dBm)

-13.54

-15.47

-12.89 Pcl

(dB) 2.42 2.46 2.53 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 8.45 8.45 8.36 Correction

(dB) 2.15 2.15 2.15 PAg

(dB) 36.82 36.82 36.82 ERP

(dBm) 27.16 25.19 27.61 Limit

(dBm) 38.45 38.45 38.45 Margin

(dB) 11.29 13.26 10.84 Polarization

-13.54

-15.47

-12.89 PMea

(dBm)

-13.98

-13.91

-13.73 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 PAg

(dB) 33.60 33.60 33.60 EIRP

(dBm) 26.45 26.44 26.55 Limit

(dBm) 33.01 33.01 33.01 Margin

(dB) 6.56 6.57 6.46 Polarization V V V GPRS 850 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 836.60 848.80 GPRS 1900 Frequency

(MHz) 1850.20 1880.00 1909.80 EGPRS 850 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 836.60 848.80 EGPRS 1900 Frequency

(MHz) 1850.20 1880.00 1909.80 Page 16 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 4.2 Radiated Spurious Emssion TEST APPLICABLE According to the TIA/EIA 603D:2010 test method, The Receiver or Spectrum was scanned from 30 MHz to the 10th harmonic of the highest frequency generated within the equipment, which is the transmitted carrier that can be as high as 1910 MHz. The resolution bandwidth is set as outlined in Part 24.238 and Part 22.917. The spectrum is scanned with the mobile station transmitting at carrier frequencies that pertain to low, mid and high channels of PCS1900 and GSM850. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. EUT was placed on a 0.80 meter high non-conductive stand at a 3 meter test distance from the receive antenna. A receiving antenna was placed on the antenna mast 3 meters from the EUT for emission measurements. The height of receiving antenna is 0.80m. Detected emissions were maximized at each frequency by rotating the EUT through 360 and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. The radiated emission measurements of all transmit frequencies in three channels (High, Middle, Low) were measured with peak detector. 2. A log-periodic antenna or double-ridged waveguide horn antenna shall be substituted in place of the EUT. The log-periodic antenna will be driven by a signal generator and the level will be adjusted till the same power value on the spectrum analyzer or receiver. The level of the spurious emissions can be calculated Page 17 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E through the level of the signal generator, cable loss, the gain of the substitution antenna and the reading of the spectrum analyzer or receiver. 3. The EUT is then put into continuously transmitting mode at its maximum power level during the test.Set Test Receiver or Spectrum RBW=1MHz,VBW=3MHz, And the maximum value of the receiver should be recorded as (Pr). 4. The EUT shall be replaced by a substitution antenna. In the chamber, an substitution antenna for the frequency band of interest is placed at the reference point of the chamber. An RF Signal source for the frequency band of interest is connected to the substitution antenna with a cable that has been constructed to not interfere with the radiation pattern of the antenna. A power (PMea) is applied to the input of the substitution antenna, and adjust the level of the signal generator output until the value of the receiver reach the previously recorded (Pr). The power of signal source (PMea) is recorded. The test should be performed by rotating the test item and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. 5. A amplifier should be connected to the Signal Source output port. And the cable should be connect between the Amplifier and the Substitution Antenna. The cable loss (Pcl) ,the Substitution Antenna Gain

(Ga) and the Amplifier Gain (PAg) should be recorded after test. The measurement results are obtained as described below:

Power(EIRP)=PMea- PAg - Pcl + Ga 6. This value is EIRP since the measurement is calibrated using an antenna of known gain (2.15 dBi) and known input power. 7. ERP can be calculated from EIRP by subtracting the gain of the dipole, ERP = EIRP -2.15dBi. 8. In order to make sure test results more clearly,we set frequency range and sweep time for difference frequency range as follows table:

Sweep time Working Frequency GSM 850 PCS 1900 Subrange

(GHz) 0.00009~0.15 0.00015~0.03 0.03~1 0.00009~0.15 0.00015~0.03 1~2 2~5 5~8 8~10 0.03~1 1~2 2~5 5~8 8~11 11~14 14~18 18~20 RBW 1KHz 10KHz 100KHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1KHz 10KHz 100KHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz VBW 3KHz 30KHz 300KHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3KHz 30KHz 300KHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz

(s) 30 10 10 2 3 3 3 30 10 10 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 TEST LIMITS According to 24.238 and 22.917 specify that the power of any emission outside of the authorized operating frequency ranges must be attenuated below the transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 43 + 10 log(P) dB. The specification that emissions shall be attenuated below the transmitter power (P) by at least 43 + 10 log

(P) dB, translates in the relevant power range (1 to 0.001 W) to -13 dBm. At 1 W the specified minimum attenuation becomes 43 dB and relative to a 30 dBm (1 W) carrier becomes a limit of -13 dBm. At 0.001 W (0 dBm) the minimum attenuation is 13 dB, which again yields a limit of -13 dBm. In this way a translation of the specification from relative to absolute terms is carried out. Channel Low Middle High Low Middle High Frequency Range 9KHz-10GHz 9KHz -10GHz 9KHz -10GHz 9KHz -20GHz 9KHz -20GHz 9KHz -20GHz Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Frequency GSM 850 PCS 1900 Page 18 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E TEST RESULTS Remark:

1. We were tested all refer 3GPP TS151 010. 2. EIRP=PMea(dBm)-Pcl(dB) +Ga(dBi) 3. We were not recorded other points as values lower than limits. 4. Margin = Limit - EIRP GSM 850_ Low Channel Frequency Ga GSM 850_ Middle Channel Frequency PMea

(dBm)

-30.07

-36.61

-30.52

-39.39 PMea

(dBm)

-28.44

-39.14

-30.41

-38.6 PMea

(dBm)

-32.65

-38.07

-30.61

-35.75 PMea

(dBm)

-36.34

-41.52

-34.67

-43.45 PMea

(dBm)

-37.37

-41.94

-35.11

-43.65 PMea

(dBm)

-36.08

-42.44

-35.14

-44

(MHz) 1648.4 2472.6 1648.4 2472.6

(MHz) 1673.2 2509.8 1673.2 2509.8

(MHz) 1697.6 2546.4 1697.6 2546.4

(MHz) 3700.4 5550.6 3700.4 5550.6

(MHz) 3760.0 5640.0 3760.0 5640.0

(MHz) 3819.6 5729.4 3819.6 5729.4 GSM 850_ High Channel Frequency GSM 1900_ Low Channel Frequency GSM 1900_ Middle Channel Frequency GSM 1900_ High Channel Frequency Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-23.49

-28.92

-23.84

-31.7 EIRP

(dBm)

-21.86

-31.45

-23.73

-30.91 EIRP

(dBm)

-26.07

-30.38

-23.93

-28.06 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-28.41

-33.32

-26.74

-35.25 EIRP

(dBm)

-29.44

-33.74

-27.18

-35.45 EIRP

(dBm)

-28.08

-34.25

-27.14

-35.82 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Margin

(dB) 10.49 15.92 10.84 18.7 Margin

(dB) 8.86 18.45 10.73 17.91 Margin

(dB) 13.07 17.38 10.93 15.06 Margin

(dB) 15.41 20.32 13.74 22.25 Margin

(dB) 16.44 20.74 14.18 22.45 Margin

(dB) 15.08 21.25 14.14 22.82 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V GPRS 850_ Low Channel Frequency GPRS 850_ Middle Channel Frequency PMea

(dBm)

-30.37

-36.64

-29.75

-40.07 PMea

(dBm)

-28.73

-39.51

-30.66

-38.91 PMea

(dBm)

-32.94

-38.14

-30.03

-35.37 PMea

(dBm)

-36.34

-41.27

-34.67

-43.49 PMea

(dBm)

-37.21

-42.11

-35.59

-43.61 PMea

(dBm)

-35.98

-42.52

-35.26

-43.63

(MHz) 1648.4 2472.6 1648.4 2472.6

(MHz) 1673.2 2509.8 1673.2 2509.8

(MHz) 1697.6 2546.4 1697.6 2546.4

(MHz) 3700.4 5550.6 3700.4 5550.6

(MHz) 3760.0 5640.0 3760.0 5640.0

(MHz) 3819.6 5729.4 3819.6 5729.4 GPRS 850_ High Channel Frequency GPRS 1900_ Low Channel Frequency GPRS 1900_ Middle Channel Frequency GPRS 1900_ High Channel Frequency Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 Page 19 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-23.79

-28.95

-23.07

-32.38 EIRP

(dBm)

-22.15

-31.82

-23.98

-31.22 EIRP

(dBm)

-26.36

-30.45

-23.35

-27.68 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-28.41

-33.07

-26.74

-35.29 EIRP

(dBm)

-29.28

-33.91

-27.66

-35.41 EIRP

(dBm)

-27.98

-34.33

-27.26

-35.45 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Margin

(dB) 10.79 15.95 10.07 19.38 Margin

(dB) 9.15 18.82 10.98 18.22 Margin

(dB) 13.36 17.45 10.35 14.68 Margin

(dB) 15.41 20.07 13.74 22.29 Margin

(dB) 16.28 20.91 14.66 22.41 Margin

(dB) 14.98 21.33 14.26 22.45 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Page 20 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-23.71

-29.53

-23.76

-32.25 EIRP

(dBm)

-21.75

-31.99

-24.31

-31.11 EIRP

(dBm)

-25.75

-30.41

-23.4

-28.31 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-28.41

-32.58

-26.76

-34.9 EIRP

(dBm)

-29.33

-33.88

-27.13

-35.18 EIRP

(dBm)

-27.85

-34.08

-27.38

-35.61 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Margin

(dB) 10.71 16.53 10.76 19.25 Margin

(dB) 8.75 18.99 11.31 18.11 Margin

(dB) 12.75 17.41 10.4 15.31 Margin

(dB) 15.41 19.58 13.76 21.9 Margin

(dB) 16.33 20.88 14.13 22.18 Margin

(dB) 14.85 21.08 14.38 22.61 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V EGPRS 850_ Low Channel Frequency

(MHz) 1648.4 2472.6 1648.4 2472.6 PMea

(dBm)

-30.29

-37.22

-30.44

-39.94 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 EGPRS 850_ Middle Channel Pcl Frequency

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 PMea

(dBm)

-28.33

-39.68

-30.99

-38.8

(MHz) 1673.2 2509.8 1673.2 2509.8 EGPRS 850_ High Channel Frequency

(MHz) 1697.6 2546.4 1697.6 2546.4

(MHz) 3700.4 5550.6 3700.4 5550.6 PMea

(dBm)

-32.33

-38.1

-30.08

-36 PMea

(dBm)

-36.34

-40.78

-34.69

-43.1 EGPRS 1900_ Low Channel Frequency Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 EGPRS 1900_ Middle Channel Pcl Frequency

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 PMea

(dBm)

-37.26

-42.08

-35.06

-43.38

(MHz) 3760.0 5640.0 3760.0 5640.0 EGPRS 1900_ High Channel Frequency

(MHz) 3819.6 5729.4 3819.6 5729.4 PMea

(dBm)

-35.85

-42.27

-35.38

-43.79 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 Page 21 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 4.3 Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth TEST APPLICABLE Similar to conducted emissions; occupied bandwidth measurements are only provided for selected frequencies in order to reduce the amount of submitted data. Data were taken at the extreme and mid frequencies of PCS1900 band and GSM850 band. The table below lists the measured 99% Bandwidth and -26dBc Bandwidth. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. The EUT was set up for the max output power with pseudo random data modulation;

2. The Occupied bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth were measured with Aglient Spectrum Analyzer N9020A (peak);

3. Set RBW=5.1KHz,VBW=51KHz,Span=1MHz,SWT=500ms;

4. Set SPA Max hold and View, Set 99% Occupied Bandwidth/ Set -26dBc Occupied Bandwidth 5. These measurements were done at 3 frequencies, 1850.20 MHz, 1880.00 MHz and 1909.80 MHz for PCS1900 band; 824.20MHz, 836.60 MHz and 848.80 MHz for GSM850 band. (Low, middle and high of operational frequency range). TEST RESULTS Channel Number 128 190 251 Channel Number 128 190 251 Channel Number 128 190 251 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 836.60 848.80 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 836.60 848.80 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 836.60 848.80 GSM 850 Occupied Bandwidth

(99% BW)

( kHz) 247.1 248.8 244.7 GSM 1900 Occupied Bandwidth

(99% BW)

( kHz) 244.5 245.4 245.7 GPRS 850 Occupied Bandwidth

(99% BW)

( kHz) 243.0 245.9 244.6 Emission Bandwidth

(26 dBc BW)

( kHz) 311 305 312 Emission Bandwidth

(26 dBc BW)

( kHz) 314 314 310 Emission Bandwidth

(26 dBc BW)

( kHz) 316 315 309 Verdict PASS PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS PASS Channel Number 128 190 251 Channel Number 128 190 251 Channel Number 128 190 251 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 836.60 848.80 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 836.60 848.80 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 836.60 848.80 Page 22 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E GPRS 1900 Occupied Bandwidth

(99% BW)

( kHz) 244.8 245.9 247.4 EGPRS 850 Occupied Bandwidth

(99% BW)

( kHz) 246.2 249.6 246.4 EGPRS 1900 Occupied Bandwidth

(99% BW)

( kHz) 251.0 249.5 246.8 Emission Bandwidth

(26 dBc BW)

( kHz) 308 321 318 Emission Bandwidth

(26 dBc BW)

( kHz) 312 307 302 Emission Bandwidth

(26 dBc BW)

( kHz) 325 312 303 Verdict PASS PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS PASS Page 23 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E GSM 850 GSM 1900 Channel 128 Channel 190 Channel 251 Channel 512 Channel 661 Channel 810 Page 24 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E GPRS 850 GPRS 1900 Channel 128 Channel 190 Channel 251 Channel 512 Channel 661 Channel 810 Page 25 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E EGPRS 850 EGPRS 1900 Channel 128 Channel 190 Channel 251 Channel 512 Channel 661 Channel 810 Page 26 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 4.4 Band Edge Complicance TEST APPLICABLE During the process of testing, the EUT was controlled via Aglient Digital Radio Communication tester

(CMW500) to ensure max power transmission and proper modulation. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. The EUT was set up for the max output power with pseudo random data modulation;

2. The power was measured with Aglient Spectrum Analyzer N9020A;

3. Set RBW=5.1KHz,VBW=51KHz,Span=3MHz,SWT=300ms, Dector: RMS;

4. These measurements were done at 3 frequencies, 1850.20 MHz, 1880.00 MHz and 1909.80 MHz for PCS1900 band; 824.20 MHz, 836.60 MHz and 848.80 MHz for GSM850 band. (bottom, middle and top of operational frequency range). TEST RESULTS Channel Number 128 251 Channel Number 512 810 Channel Number 128 251 Channel Number 512 810 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 848.80 Frequency

(MHz) 1850.20 1909.80 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 848.80 Frequency

(MHz) 1850.20 1909.80 GSM 850 Frequency Measurement Results Values

(dBm)

-100.00

-22.65

(MHz) 823.995 849.022 GSM 1900 Frequency Measurement Results Values

(dBm)

-21.91

-23.45 1849.995 1910.018

(MHz) GPRS 850 Frequency Measurement Results Values

(dBm)

-23.07

-22.86

(MHz) 823.892 849.020 GPRS 1900 Frequency Measurement Results Values

(dBm)

-24.60

-25.37 1849.999 1910.018

(MHz) Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00 Verdict PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS Channel Number 128 251 Channel Number 512 810 Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 848.80 Frequency

(MHz) 1850.20 1909.80 Page 27 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E EGPRS 850 Frequency Measurement Results Values

(dBm)

-33.62

-34.28

(MHz) 823.984 849.017 EGPRS 1900 Frequency Measurement Results Values

(dBm)

-35.17

-32.06 1849.998 1910.012

(MHz) Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00 Verdict PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS Page 28 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E GSM 850 GSM 1900 Channel 128 Channel 251 Channel 512 Channel 810 Page 29 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E GPRS 850 GPRS 1900 Channel 128 Channel 251 Channel 512 Channel 810 Page 30 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E EGPRS 850 EGPRS 1900 Channel 128 Channel 251 Channel 512 Channel 810 Page 31 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 4.5 Spurious Emssion on Antenna Port TEST APPLICABLE The following steps outline the procedure used to measure the conducted emissions from the EUT. 1. Determine frequency range for measurements: From CFR 2.1057 the spectrum should be investigated from the lowest radio frequency generated in the equipment up to at least the 10th harmonic of the carrier frequency. For the equipment of PCS1900 band, this equates to a frequency range of 9 KHz to 19.1 GHz, data taken from 9 KHz to 25 GHz. For GSM850, data taken from 9 KHz to 9 GHz. 2. The sweep time is set automatically by instrument itself. That should be the optimal sweep time for the span and the RBW. If the sweep time is too short, that is sweep is too fast, the sweep result is not accurate; if the sweep time is too long, that is sweep is too low, some frequency components may be lost. The instrument will give an optimal sweep time according the selected span and RBW. 3. The procedure to get the conducted spurious emission is as follows:

The trace mode is set to MaxHold to get the highest signal at each frequency;

Wait 25 seconds;

Get the result. 4. Determine EUT transmit frequencies: below outlines the band edge frequencies pertinent to conducted emissions testing. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. The EUT was set up for the max output power with pseudo random data modulation;

2. The power was measured with Agilent Spectrum Analyzer N9020A (peak);

3. These measurements were done at 3 frequencies, 1850.20 MHz, 1880.00 MHz and 1909.80 MHz for PCS1900 band; 824.20 MHz, 836.60 MHz and 848.80 MHz for GSM850 band. (Low, middle and high of operational frequency range). TEST LIMIT Part 24.238 and Part 22.917 specify that the power of any emission outside of the authorized operating frequency ranges must be attenuated below the transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 43 + 10 log(P) dB. The specification that emissions shall be attenuated below the transmitter power (P) by at least 43 + 10 log

(P) dB, translates in the relevant power range (1 to 0.001 W) to -13 dBm. At 1 W the specified minimum attenuation becomes 43 dB and relative to a 30 dBm (1 W) carrier becomes a limit of -13 dBm. At 0.001 W (0 dBm) the minimum attenuation is 13 dB, which again yields a limit of -13 dBm. In this way a translation of the specification from relative to absolute terms is carried out. TEST RESULTS Note:We tested GPRS/EGPRS mode and recorded the worst case at the GPRS mode. Page 32 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 4.5.1 For GPRS 850Test Results A. Test Verdict Test Mode/

Channel GPRS 850 GPRS 850 GPRS 850

/128

/190

/251 Frequency Frequency Range

(MHz) 824.20 836.60 848.80 30MHz -3GHz 3GHz-9GHz 30MHz -3GHz 3GHz-9GHz 30MHz -3GHz 3GHz-9GHz Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Note:

1. In general, the worse case attenuation requirement shown above was applied. 2.--- means that the emission level is too low to be measured or at least 20 dB down than the limit. B. Test Plots Page 33 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E Test Mode: GPRS Test channel : 128 Test Mode: GPRS Test channel : 190 30MHz~1GHz 1GHz ~9GHz 30MHz~1GHz 1GHz ~9GHz Page 34 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E Test Mode: GPRS Test channel : 251 30MHz~1GHz 1GHz ~9GHz Page 35 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 4.5.2 For GPRS 1900 Test Results A. Test Verdict Test Mode/

Channel Frequency

(MHz) GPRS 1900

/512 GPRS 1900

/661 GPRS 1900

/810 1850.20 1880.00 1909.80 Frequency Range 9KHz-150KHz 150KHz-30MHz 30MHz -8GHz 8GHz-20GHz 9KHz-150KHz 150KHz-30MHz 30MHz -8GHz 8GHz-20GHz 9KHz-150KHz 150KHz-30MHz 30MHz -8GHz 8GHz-20GHz Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Note:

1. In general, the worse case attenuation requirement shown above was applied. 2.--- means that the emission level is too low to be measured or at least 20 dB down than the limit. B. Test Plots Page 36 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E Test Mode: GPRS Test channel : 512 Test Mode: GPRS Test channel : 661 30MHz~1GHz 1GHz ~7GHz 7GHz ~13.6GHz 30MHz~1GHz 1GHz ~7GHz 7GHz ~13.6GHz Page 37 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 13.6GHz ~20GHz 13.6GHz ~20GHz Page 38 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E Test Mode: GPRS Test channel : 810 30MHz~1GHz 1GHz ~7GHz 7GHz ~13.6GHz Page 39 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 13.6GHz ~20GHz Page 40 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 4.6 Frequency Stability Test TEST APPLICABLE 1. According to FCC Part 2 Section 2.1055 (a)(1), the frequency stability shall be measured with variation of ambient temperature from -30(cid:263) to +50(cid:263) centigrade. 2. According to FCC Part 2 Section 2.1055 (E) (2), for battery powered equipment, the frequency stability shall be measured with reducing primary supply voltage to the battery operating end point, which is specified by the manufacture. 3. Vary primary supply voltage from 85 to 115 percent of the nominal value for other than hand carried voltage equipment and the end voltage point was 10.8V. TEST PROCEDURE In order to measure the carrier frequency under the condition of AFC lock, it is necessary to make measurements with the EUT in a call mode. This is accomplished with the use of R&S CMU200 DIGITAL RADIO COMMUNICATION TESTER. 1. Measure the carrier frequency at room temperature;

2. Subject the EUT to overnight soak at -30(cid:263);

3. With the EUT, powered via nominal voltage, connected to the CMU200 and in a simulated call on middle channel of PCS 1900 and GSM850, measure the carrier frequency. These measurements should be made within 2 minutes of Powering up the EUT, to prevent significant self-warming;

4. Repeat the above measurements at 10(cid:263) increments from -30(cid:263) to +50(cid:263). Allow at least 0.5 hours at each temperature, unpowered, before making measurements;

5. Remeasure carrier frequency at room temperature with nominal voltage. Vary supply voltage from minimum voltage to maximum voltage, in 0.1Volt increments remeasuring carrier frequency at each voltage. Pause at nominal voltage for 0.5 hours unpowered, to allow any self-heating to stabilize, before continuing;

6. Subject the EUT to overnight soak at +50(cid:263);

7. With the EUT, powered via nominal voltage, connected to the CMU200 and in a simulated call on the centre channel, measure the carrier frequency. These measurements should be made within 2 minutes of Powering up the EUT, to prevent significant self-warming;

8. Repeat the above measurements at 10(cid:263) increments from +50(cid:263) to -30(cid:263). Allow at least 0.5 hours at each temperature, unpowered, before making measurements;

9. At all temperature levels hold the temperature to +/- 0.5(cid:263) during the measurement procedure;

TEST CONFIGURATION

(cid:3) Page 41 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E TEST LIMITS For Hand carried battery powered equipment According to the JTC standard the frequency stability of the carrier shall be accurate to within 0.1 ppm of the received frequency from the base station. This accuracy is sufficient to meet Sec. 24.235, Frequency Stability. The frequency stability shall be sufficient to ensure that the fundamental emission stays within the authorized frequency block. As this transceiver is considered "Hand carried, battery powered equipment" Section 2.1055(d)(2) applies. This requires that the lower voltage for frequency stability testing be specified by the manufacturer. This transceiver is specified to operate with an input voltage of between 3.40VDC and 4.20VDC, with a nominal voltage of 3.80 DC. Operation above or below these voltage limits is prohibited by transceiver software in order to prevent improper operation as well as to protect components from overstress. These voltages represent a tolerance of -10 % and +12.5 %. For the purposes of measuring frequency stability these voltage limits are to be used. For equipment powered by primary supply voltage According to the JTC standard the frequency stability of the carrier shall be accurate to within 0.1 ppm of the received frequency from the base station. This accuracy is sufficient to meet Sec. 24.235, Frequency Stability. The frequency stability shall be sufficient to ensure that the fundamental emission stays within the authorized frequency block. For this EUT section 2.1055(d)(1) applies. This requires varying primary supply voltage from 85 to 115 percent of the nominal value for other than hand carried battery equipment. TEST RESULTS GPRS 850 Middle channel=190 channel=836.6MHz Temperature Frequency error(Hz) DC Power 9.45V 10.50V 11.55V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V DC Power 9.45V 10.50V 11.55V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V

((cid:263)(cid:263)) 25 25 25

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50

((cid:263)(cid:263)) 25 25 25

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 5.23 7.55 6.13 8.91 5.68 8.46 10.07 6.33 7.30 5.23 7.55 6.13 20.40 18.21 21.31 17.56 15.95 14.46 22.08 20.86 24.28 20.40 18.21 21.31 Frequency error(ppm) 0.013079 0.012376 0.015906 0.014729 0.014645 0.014414 0.014960 0.012922 0.014802 0.014822 0.015587 0.016208 Frequency error(ppm) 0.009599 0.010993 0.010296 0.006973 0.009617 0.009824 0.009995 0.009309 0.009207 0.006665 0.007005 0.008793 Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS GPRS 1900 Middle channel=661 channel=1880MHz Temperature Frequency error(Hz) DC Power 9.45V 10.50V 11.55V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V DC Power 9.45V 10.50V 11.55V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V

((cid:263)(cid:263)) 25 25 25

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50

((cid:263)(cid:263)) 25 25 25

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Page 42 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E GSM 850 Middle channel=190 channel=836.6MHz Temperature Frequency error(Hz) GSM 1900 Middle channel=661 channel=1880MHz Temperature Frequency error(Hz) 11.88 6.13 9.69 11.11 8.27 8.98 10.53 14.72 10.59 11.88 6.13 9.69 21.44 20.60 28.93 14.27 21.31 16.79 28.41 22.02 23.44 21.44 20.60 28.93 Frequency error(ppm) 0.016746 0.012730 0.015587 0.017284 0.014583 0.017523 0.017213 0.016746 0.016830 0.018261 0.018709 0.017955 Frequency error(ppm) 0.009177 0.009318 0.008340 0.008653 0.007994 0.008134 0.008480 0.010577 0.008096 0.009101 0.007660 0.008894 Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS DC Power 9.45V 10.50V 11.55V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V DC Power 9.45V 10.50V 11.55V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V 10.50V

((cid:263)(cid:263)) 25 25 25

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50

((cid:263)(cid:263)) 25 25 25

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Page 43 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E EGPRS 850 Middle channel=190 channel=836.6MHz Temperature Frequency error(Hz) EGPRS 1900 Middle channel=661 channel=1880MHz Temperature Frequency error(Hz) 6.84 7.62 6.46 8.07 9.49 8.65 8.14 9.88 8.33 5.62 7.55 8.01 8.59 12.20 10.53 17.05 9.75 12.07 9.69 14.85 9.62 12.33 14.72 12.46 Frequency error(ppm) 0.019194 0.018915 0.017981 0.018102 0.018648 0.019862 0.017435 0.015239 0.015635 0.017368 0.019484 0.018719 Frequency error(ppm) 0.009223 0.015457 0.013223 0.012367 0.010612 0.010665 0.009436 0.012085 0.008975 0.011431 0.009367 0.012137 Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Page 44 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 4.7 Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) LIMIT The Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) of the transmission may not exceed 13 dB. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE Use spectrum to measure the total peak power and record as PPk. Use spectrum to measure the total average power and record as PAvg. Both the peak and average power levels must be expressed in the same logarithmic units (e.g., dBm). Determine the PAPR from:

PAPR (dB) = PPk (dBm) - PAvg (dBm). TEST RESULTS Note:We tested EGPRS/GPRS/GSM mode and recorded the worst case at the GPRS mode. Frequency

(MHz) 824.20 836.60 848.80 Frequency

(MHz) 1850.20 1880.00 1909.80 Peak power 26.61 26.54 26.69 Peak power 26.58 26.39 26.42 GPRS 850 AV power 23.01 23.05 23.12 GPRS 1900 AV power 23.24 23.07 23.16 Measured

(dB) 3.50 3.41 3.44 Measured

(dB) 3.27 3.22 3.21 Page 45 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E GPRS 850 GPRS 1900 Channel 128 hannel 512 Channel 190 Channel 251 Channel 661 Channel 810 Page 46 of 46 Report No.: HK1907111626-1E 5 T e s t S e t u p P h o t o s o f t h e E U T

.....................End of Report.........................

 

 

TEST REPORT FCC Part 27 Report Reference No. .....................: HK1907111626-2E FCC ID. .............................................: ZNFX210LMW Compiled by

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

File administrators Gary Qian Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Report No.: HK1907111626-2E Supervised by

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

Technique principal Eden Hu Approved by

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

Manager Jason Zhou Date of issue ..................................... : July. 12,2019 Testing Laboratory Name .............. : Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Address ............................................ : 1F, B2 Building, Junfeng Zhongcheng Zhizao Innovation Park, Applicants name ............................ : LG Electronics USA, Inc. Address ............................................ : 1000 Sylvan Ave., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632, United Heping Community, Fuhai Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen,China States Test specification ...........................:

Standard ........................................... : FCC CFR Title 47 Part 2, Part 27 TRF Originator .................................. : Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd.All rights reserved. This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for non-commercial purposes as long as the Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd.as copyright owner and source of the material. Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd.takess no responsibility for and will not assume liability for damages resulting from the reader's interpretation of the reproduced material due to its placement and context. Test item description .....................: 4G Mobile phone Trade Mark ....................................... : LG Manufacturer ................................... : OPTIEMUS ELECTRONICS LIMITED Model/Type reference....................... : LM-X210LMW Listed Models .................................. : N/A Modulation Type ............................... : QPSK, 16QAM Rating ............................................... : DC 3.85V From Battery Hardware version ............................. : V2.0 Software version ............................... : V2.0 Result................................................ : PASS Page 2 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E T E S T R E P O R T Test Report No. :

HK1907111626-1E ______________________________________________________________________________________________ July. 12,2019 Date of issue Equipment under Test Model /Type Listed Models Applicant Address Manufacturer Address

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

4G Mobile phone LM-X210LMW N/A LG Electronics USA, Inc. 1000 Sylvan Ave., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632, United States OPTIEMUS ELECTRONICS LIMITED D-348, Sector-63, Noida, Uttar Pradesh, Pin Code-

201307 Test Result:

PASS The test report merely corresponds to the test sample. It is not permitted to copy extracts of these test result without the written permission of the test laboratory. Page 3 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E Revison History Issue Date 2019-07-12 Revisions Initial Issue Revised By James Zhou Revision V1.0 Page 4 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E Contents T E S T S T A N D A R D S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 S U M M A R Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Remarks Product Description Equipment under Test Short description of the Equipment under Test (EUT) Normal Accessory setting EUT configuration Related Submittal(s) / Grant (s) Modifications GeneralTest Conditions/Configurations 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 T E S T E N V I R O N M E N T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Address of the test laboratory Test Description Equipments Used during the Test 8 8 9 T E S T C O N D I T I O N S A N D R E S U L T S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Output Power Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth Band Edge compliance Spurious Emssion on Antenna Port Radiated Spurious Emssion Frequency Stability 10 16 21 26 31 44 50 T E S T S E T U P P H O T O S O F T H E E U T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2 E X T E R N A L A N D I N T E R N A L P H O T O S O F T H E E U T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 3 1 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 5 6 Page 5 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 1 T E S T S T A N D A R D S The tests were performed according to following standards:

FCC Part 2: FREQUENCY ALLOCA-TIONS AND RADIO TREATY MAT-TERS; GENERAL RULES AND REG-ULATIONS FCC Part 27 : MISCELLANEOUS WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES ANSI/TIA-603-E-2016: Land Mobile FM or PM Communications Equipment Measurement and Performance Standards. ANSI C63.26-2015: IEEE/ANSI Standard for Compliance Testing of Transmitters Used in Licensed Radio Services FCCKDB971168D01 Power Meas License Digital Systems Page 6 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 2 S U M M A R Y 2.1 General Remarks Date of receipt of test sample Testing commenced on Testing concluded on 2.2 Product Description TheLG Electronics USA, Inc.s Model:LM-X210LMWor the EUT as referred to in this report; more general information as follows,for more details, refer to the users manual of the EUT. Jun. 24, 2019 Jun. 25, 2019 July. 12,2019

:

:

:

Name of EUT Model/Type reference:

List Model:

Power supply:

Adapter Information Modilation Type Antenna Type Antenna Gain Operation Frequency Band Operation frequency LTE Release Extreme temp. Tolerance Extreme vol. Limits 2.3 Equipment under Test Power supply system utilised Power supply voltage 4G Mobile phone LM-X210LMW

/

DC 3.85V From Battery N/A QPSK,16QAM Internal Antenna 1.3dBi LTE Band 41 LTE Band 41: 2555~2655 MHz R8

-30C to +50C 3.465VDC to 4.235VDC (nominal: 3.85VDC)

: 120V/ 60 Hz 12 V DC Other (specified in blank below) 115V/60Hz 24 V DC DC 3.85V From Battery 2.4 Short description of the Equipment under Test (EUT) 2.4.1 GeneralDescription LM-X210LMW is subscriber equipment in the LTE system. LTE frequency band is band 41; The 4G Mobile phone implements such functions as RF signal receiving/transmitting, LTE protocol processing, voice, video MMS service,etc. Externally it provides micro SD card interface, earphone port (to provide voice service) and SIM card interface. Page 7 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 2.5 Normal Accessory setting Fully charged battery was used during the test. 2.6 EUT configuration The following peripheral devices and interface cables were connected during the measurement:

- supplied by the manufacturer

- supplied by the lab Power Cable Multimeter 2.7 Related Submittal(s) / Grant (s) This submittal(s) (test report) is intended for FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW filing to comply with FCC Part 27, Rules. 2.8 Modifications No modifications were implemented to meet testing criteria. 2.9 GeneralTest Conditions/Configurations 2.9.1 TestEnvironment Length (m) :

Shield :

Detachable :

Manufacturer :

Model No. :

/

/

/

/

/

Environment Parameter Relative Humidity Temperature Voltage Selected Values During Tests Ambient TN VL VN VH Ambient 3.465V 3.85V 4.235V NOTE:VL=lowerextreme testvoltage VN=nominalvoltage VH=upperextreme testvoltage TN=normaltemperature Page 8 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E

: Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. 1F, B2 Building, Junfeng Zhongcheng Zhizao Innovation Park, Fuhai Street, Bao'an District, Shenzhen City, China

:

3 T E S T E N V I R O N M E N T 3.1 Address of the test laboratory Test Firm Address

: CN1229 FCC designation number test firm registration number :

616276 3.2 Test Description Test Item Effective(Isotropic)RadiatedOutputPower Peak-AverageRatio ModulationCharacteristics Bandwidth BandEdgesCompliance SpuriousEmissionatAntennaTerminals Field Strengthof Spurious Radiation Frequency Stability FCCRuleNo. Part 2.1046 27.50(h)(2) Part 2.1046 2.1047 Part 2.1049 Part 2.1051 27.53(m) Part 2.1051 27.53(m) Part 2.1053 27.53(m) Part 2.1055 27.54 Verdict Pass Pass N/A Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass NOTE 1:For the verdict, theN/Adenotesnot applicable, theN/Tdenotes nottested. Remark:

1. The measurement uncertainty is not included in the test result. 3.3 Equipments Used during the Test Page 9 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E Test Equipment Manufacturer Model No. ENV216 ENV216 ESCI 7 FSP40 N9020A JS0806-1 FMZB 1519 B VULB9163 9120D LB-180400KF EMC051845SE R&S R&S R&S R&S Agilent Tonscend Schwarzbeck Schwarzbeck Schwarzbeck Schwarzbeck EMCI Agilent 83051A Schwarzbeck BBV 9743 Boyang HTC-1 Serial No. HKE-059 HKE-002 HKE-010 HKE-025 HKE-048 HKE-060 HKE-014 HKE-012 HKE-013 HKE-054 HKE-015 HKE-016 HKE-006 HKE-075 Calibration Date 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 Calibration Due Date 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 HT-80L HKE-118 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 JS0806-F 9kHz-1GHz 1-40G E4419B E9300A TS+ Rev 2.5.0.0 TS+ Rev 2.5.0.0 JS1120-B Version 2.6 JS1120-4 JS1120-3 JS1120-1 HKE-055 HKE-117 HKE-034 HKE-085 HKE-086 HKE-081 HKE-082 HKE-083 HKE-113 HKE-114 HKE-115 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A CMW500 HKE-026 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 CMU200 HKE-029 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 Guangke Tonscend Times Times Agilent Agilent Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend R&S R&S LISN LISN Receiver Spectrum analyzer Spectrum analyzer RF automatic control unit Loop antenna Bilog Broadband Antenna Horn antenna High gain antenna Preamplifier Preamplifier Preamplifier Temperature and humidity meter High-low temperature chamber High pass filter unit RF Cable(below1GHz) RF Cable(above 1GHz) Power meter Power Sensor Conducted test software Radiated test software RF test software RF test software RF test software RF test software Wireless Communication Test Set Wireless Set Communication Test Page 10 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 4 T E S T C O N D I T I O N S A N D R E S U L T S 4.1 Output Power 4.1.1 Coducted Output Power TEST APPLICABLE Part 27.50(h)(2) , during the process of testing, the EUT was controlled via R&S Digital Radio Communication tester (CMW500) to ensure max power transmission and proper modulation. This result contains output power measurements for the EUT. In all cases, output power is within the specified limits. TEST CONFIGURATION Conducted Power Measurement:

TEST PROCEDURE Conducted Power Measurement:

a) Place the EUT on a bench and set it in transmitting mode. b) Connect a low loss RF cable from the antenna port to a CMW500 by an Att. c) EUT Communicate with CMW500 then selects a channel for testing. d) Add a correction factor to the display CMW500, and then test. TEST RESULTS EUT Page 11 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 4G Mobile phone Test Date:

July 11, 2019 Temperature:

Humidity:

Operation Mode:

250C 55 % RH Normal Voltage- Tx Mode Tested by:

Test Voltage Normal Voltage Gary Qian Remark:

1. We measured all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41;

LTE Band 41 TX Channel Bandwidth Frequency

(MHz) 2557.5 5 MHz 2600.0 2652.5 2560.0 10 MHz 2600.0 2650.0 15 MHz 2562.5 RB Size/Offset 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid 50% RB high 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid 50% RB high 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid 50% RB high 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid 50% RB high 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid 50% RB high 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid 50% RB high 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid Burst Average Power [dBm]

QPSK 16QAM 23.39 23.81 23.38 23.87 23.40 23.94 23.36 23.36 23.42 23.43 23.43 23.37 21.95 22.93 23.31 23.53 23.58 23.30 23.35 23.61 23.28 23.30 23.30 23.29 23.25 23.26 22.05 22.82 22.29 23.42 22.24 23.43 23.48 22.17 22.31 22.24 22.27 22.18 22.23 22.23 22.55 21.76 22.52 23.65 22.50 23.64 22.57 23.74 22.71 22.71 22.71 22.71 22.77 22.77 21.78 22.73 23.06 24.00 23.98 23.19 23.35 23.96 22.88 22.88 22.87 22.87 22.79 22.79 22.06 22.76 22.70 23.48 22.62 23.57 23.52 22.62 22.49 22.48 22.50 22.50 22.41 22.41 22.40 21.44 22.26 23.84 21.93 23.79 21.94 23.80 22.30 22.21 22.10 21.88 Page 12 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 50% RB high 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid 50% RB high 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid 50% RB high 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid 50% RB high 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid 50% RB high 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB mid 1 RB high 50% RB low 50% RB mid 50% RB high 100% RB 21.94 22.87 23.89 23.88 23.97 23.07 23.19 23.38 22.81 23.61 23.63 23.47 22.77 22.66 22.58 22.40 24.13 24.18 24.01 22.98 23.02 22.89 22.97 23.84 23.96 23.97 22.86 22.85 22.88 22.87 23.67 23.51 23.52 22.66 22.66 22.65 22.60 21.91 22.05 22.25 22.36 23.35 23.07 23.19 23.38 21.97 22.73 22.64 22.56 22.79 22.70 22.56 21.45 23.71 23.62 23.64 22.11 22.07 21.99 22.05 23.54 23.57 23.53 21.97 21.96 21.99 21.86 23.30 23.28 23.29 21.91 21.92 21.81 21.76 2600.0 2647.5 2570.0 20 MHz 2600.0 2640.0 Page 13 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 4.1.2. Radiated Output Power LIMIT This is the test for the maximum radiated power from the EUT. TEST CONFIGURATION Radiated Power Measurement:

remark : 0.8m for below 1GHz, 1.5m for above 1GHz TEST PROCEDURE The EUT was setup according to EIA/TIA 603D a. The EUT shall be placed at the specified height on a support, and in the position closest to normal use as declared by provider. thefrequency of the transmitter b. The test antenna shall be oriented initially for vertical polarization and shall be chosen to correspond to c. The output of the test antenna shall be connected to the measuring receiver. d. The transmitter shall be switched on and the measuring receiver shall be tuned to the frequency of the e. The test antenna shall be raised and lowered through the specified range of height until a maximum signal f. The transmitter shall then be rotated through 360in the horizontal plane, until the maximum signal level transmitter under test. level is detected by the measuring receiver. is detected by the measuring receiver. g. The test antenna shall be raised and lowered again through the specified range of height until a maximum signal level is detected by the measuring receiver. h. The maximum signal level detected by the measuring receiver shall be noted. i. The transmitter shall be replaced by a substitution antenna. j. The substitution antenna shall be orientated for vertical polarization and the length of the substitution antenna shall be adjusted to correspond to the frequency of the transmitter. k. The substitution antenna shall be connected to a calibrated signal generator. l. If necessary, the input attenuator setting of the measuring receiver shall be adjusted in order to increase the sensitivity of the measuring receiver. m. The test antenna shall be raised and lowered through the specified range of height to ensure that the maximum signal is received. n. The input signal to the substitution antenna shall be adjusted to the level that produces a level detected by the measuring receiver, that is equal to the level noted while the transmitter radiated power was measured, corrected for the change of input attenuator setting of the measuring receiver. o. The measurement shall be repeated with the test antenna and the substitution antenna orientated for horizontal polarization. p. The measure of the effective radiated power is the larger of the two levels recorded at the input to the substitution antenna, corrected for gain of the substitution antenna if necessary. q. Test site anechoic chamber refer to ANSI C63.4. TEST RESULTS EUT Temperature:

Humidity:

Operation Mode:

Page 14 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 4G Mobile phone Test Date:

July 11, 2019 250C 55 % RH Normal Voltage- Tx Mode Tested by:

Test Voltage Normal Voltage Gary Qian Radiated Measurement:

Remark:

1. We measured all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41;

recorded worst case for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41. 2. EIRP=Ps(dBm)-Pcl(dB)+Ga(dBi) 3. We measured both Horizontal and Vertical direction, recorded worst case direction. LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Burst Frequency

(MHz) Ps

(dBm) Pcl

(dB) Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 2557.5 2600.0 2652.5 7.47 7.8 7.17 3.41 3.49 3.55 15.12 15.12 15.12 LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Burst Frequency

(MHz) Ps

(dBm) 2560.0 2600.0 2650.0 7.69 7.88 7.48 Frequency

(MHz) Ps

(dBm) 2562.5 2600.0 2647.5 7.65 7.76 7.28 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 15MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Burst Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 15.12 15.12 15.12 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 15.12 15.12 15.12 Average EIRP

(dBm) 19.36 19.39 18.85 Average EIRP

(dBm) 19.18 19.43 18.74 Average EIRP

(dBm) 19.4 19.51 19.05 Average EIRP

(dBm) 19.2 19.5 18.91 Limit

(dBm) Margin

(dB) Polarization 33.01 33.01 33.01 13.83 13.58 14.27 V V V Limit

(dBm) 33.01 33.01 33.01 Limit

(dBm) 33.01 33.01 33.01 Limit

(dBm) 33.01 33.01 33.01 Margin

(dB) 13.61 13.5 13.96 Margin

(dB) 13.65 13.62 14.16 Margin

(dB) 13.81 13.51 14.1 Polarization V V V Polarization V V V Polarization V V V LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 20MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Burst Frequency

(MHz) Ps

(dBm) Pcl

(dB) Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 2570.0 2600.0 2640.0 7.49 7.87 7.34 15.12 15.12 15.12 3.41 3.49 3.55 Page 15 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E Limit

(dBm) 33.01 33.01 33.01 Limit

(dBm) 33.01 33.01 33.01 Limit

(dBm) 33.01 33.01 33.01 Limit

(dBm) 33.01 33.01 33.01 Margin

(dB) 13.64 13.46 14.09 Margin

(dB) 13.56 13.83 13.96 Margin

(dB) 13.54 13.77 13.96 Margin

(dB) 13.59 13.62 14.1 Polarization V V V Polarization V V V Polarization V V V Polarization V V V LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Burst Frequency

(MHz) Ps

(dBm) Pcl

(dB) Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 2557.5 2600.0 2652.5 7.66 7.92 7.35 3.41 3.49 3.55 15.12 15.12 15.12 LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency

(MHz) Ps

(dBm) 2560.0 2600.0 2650.0 7.74 7.55 7.48 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 15.12 15.12 15.12 LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 15MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency

(MHz) Ps

(dBm) Pcl

(dB) Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 2562.5 2600.0 2647.5 7.76 7.61 7.48 3.41 3.49 3.55 15.12 15.12 15.12 LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 20MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Average EIRP

(dBm) 19.37 19.55 18.92 Burst Average EIRP

(dBm) 19.45 19.18 19.05 Burst Average EIRP

(dBm) 19.47 19.24 19.05 Burst Average EIRP

(dBm) 19.42 19.39 18.91 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 15.12 15.12 15.12 Frequency

(MHz) Ps

(dBm) 7.71 7.76 7.34 2570.0 2600.0 2640.0 Page 16 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 4.2 Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) LIMIT The Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) of the transmission may not exceed 13 dB. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE function;

TEST RESULTS Temperature:

Humidity:

Operation Mode:

Remark:

1. Refer to instruments analyzer instruction manual for details on how to use the power statistics/CCDF 2. Set resolution/measurement bandwidth signals occupied bandwidth;

3. Set the number of counts to a value that stabilizes the measured CCDF curve;

4. Set the measurement interval as follows:

1). for continuous transmissions, set to 1 ms, 2). for burst transmissions, employ an external trigger that is synchronized with the EUT burst timing sequence, or use the internal burst trigger with a trigger level that allows the burst to stabilize and set the measurement interval to a time that is less than or equal to the burst duration. 5. Record the maximum PAPR level associated with a probability of 0.1%. EUT 4G Mobile phone Test Date:

July 11, 2019 250C 55 % RH Normal Voltage- Tx Mode Tested by:

Test Voltage Normal Voltage Gary Qian 1. We measured all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41; recorded worst case for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41. TX Channel Bandwidth 5 MHz 10 MHz 15 MHz 20 MHz Frequency

(MHz) 2557.5 2600.0 2652.5 2560.0 2600.0 2650.0 2562.5 2600.0 2647.5 2570.0 2600.0 2640.0 LTE Band 41 RB Size/Offset 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 PAPR(dB) 16QAM 7.10 6.34 5.98 7.13 6.87 6.90 7.61 7.30 7.04 6.62 6.29 6.25 QPSK 6.33 6.45 5.29 6.52 6.54 5.72 6.65 6.42 5.90 6.12 5.63 6.03 Page 17 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E QPSK LTE Band 415MHz Channel BandwidthPAPR Low Channel 16QAM 1RB#0 Middle Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 High Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 Page 18 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 4110MHz Channel BandwidthPAPR QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 1RB#0 Middle Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 High Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 Page 19 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41 15 MHz Channel BandwidthPAPR QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 1RB#0 Middle Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 High Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 Page 20 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 4120MHz Channel BandwidthPAPR QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 1RB#0 Middle Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 High Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 Page 21 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 4.3 Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth LIMIT N/A TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE The transmitter output was connected to a calibrated coaxial cable and coupler, the other end of which was connected to a spectrum analyzer. The occupied bandwidth was measured with the spectrum analyzer at low, middle and high channel in each band. The -26dBc Emission bandwidth was also measured and recorded. Set RBWwas set to about 1% of emission BW, VBW3 times RBW.

-26dBc display line was placed on the screen (or 99% bandwidth), the occupied bandwidth isthe delta frequency between the two points where the display line intersects the signal trace. TEST RESULTS EUT 4G Mobile phone Test Date:

July 11, 2019 Temperature:

Humidity:

Operation Mode:

250C 55 % RH Normal Voltage- Tx Mode Tested by:

Test Voltage Normal Voltage Gary Qian 1. We were tested all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41; recorded worst case for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41. LTE Band 41 99% Occupied bandwidth

(MHz)

-26dBc Emission bandwidth (MHz) Frequency

(MHz) 2557.5 2600.0 2652.5 2560.0 2600.0 2650.0 2562.5 2600.0 2647.5 2570.0 2600.0 2640.0 QPSK 4.4929 4.5057 4.4954 8.9846 8.9823 8.9681 13.424 13.468 13.469 17.956 17.982 17.950 16QAM 4.4954 4.4871 4.4916 8.9770 8.9690 8.9762 13.447 13.477 13.443 17.952 17.965 17.932 QPSK 4.874 4.817 4.904 9.517 9.522 9.532 14.23 14.25 14.28 18.99 18.96 18.96 16QAM 4.854 4.845 4.839 9.558 9.545 9.581 14.29 14.31 14.26 18.96 18.99 19.04 Remark:

TX Channel Bandwidth 5 MHz RB Size/Offset 25RB#0 10 MHz 50RB#0 15 MHz 75RB#0 20 MHz 100RB#0 Page 22 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 415MHz Channel Bandwidth Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 25RB#0 Middle Channel 25RB#0 25RB#0 High Channel 25RB#0 25RB#0 25RB#0 Page 23 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 4110MHz Channel Bandwidth Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 50RB#0 Middle Channel 50RB#0 50RB#0 High Channel 50RB#0 50RB#0 50RB#0 Page 24 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 4115MHz Channel Bandwidth Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 75RB#0 Middle Channel 75RB#0 75RB#0 High Channel 75RB#0 75RB#0 75RB#0 Page 25 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 4120MHz Channel Bandwidth Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 100RB#0 Middle Channel 100RB#0 100RB#0 High Channel 100RB#0 100RB#0 100RB#0 Page 26 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 4.4 Band Edge compliance LIMIT the power of any emission outside of the authorized operating frequency ranges must be attenuated below the transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 40 + 10 log P dB (10 dBm, 100 nW) on all frequencies between the channel edge and 5 MHz from the channel edge, 43 + 10 log P dB (13 dBm, 50 nW) on all frequencies between 5 MHz and X MHz from the channel edge, and 55 + 10 log P dB (25 dBm, 3 nW) on all frequencies more than 20 MHz from the channel edge, where X MHz is the greater of 6 MHz or the actual emission bandwidth (26 dB).

. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. The transmitter output port was connected to base station. 2. The RF output of EUT was connected to the power meter by RF cable and attenuator, the path loss was compensated to the results for each measurement. 3. Set EUT at maximum power through base station. 4. Select lowestand highest channels for each band and different modulation. 5. Measure Band edge using RMS (Average) detector by spectrum 6. Set RBW = 100 kHz, VBW=300 kHz, Span=50MHz Peak Detector. TEST RESULTS EUT 4G Mobile phone Test Date:

July. 11, 2019 Temperature:

Humidity:

Operation Mode:

250C 55 % RH Normal Voltage- Tx Mode Tested by:

Test Voltage Normal Voltage Gary Qian 1. We were tested all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41; recorded worst case for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41. Remark:

Page 27 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 415MHz Channel BandwidthBand Edge Compliance QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 25RB#0 High Channel 25RB#0 25RB#0 25RB#0 Page 28 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41 10 MHz Channel BandwidthBand Edge Compliance QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 50RB#0 High Channel 50RB#0 50RB#0 50RB#0 Page 29 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 4115MHz Channel BandwidthBand Edge Compliance 16QAM QPSK Low Channel 75RB#0 High Channel 75RB#0 75RB#0 75RB#0 Page 30 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 4120MHz Channel BandwidthBand Edge Compliance 16QAM QPSK Low Channel 100RB#0 High Channel 100RB#0 100RB#0 100RB#0 Page 31 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 4.5 Spurious Emssion on Antenna Port LIMIT The power of any emission outside of the authorized operating frequency ranges must be attenuated below the transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 40 + 10 log P dB (10 dBm, 100 nW) on all frequencies between the channel edge and 5 MHz from the channel edge, 43 + 10 log P dB (13 dBm, 50 nW) on all frequencies between 5 MHz and X MHz from the channel edge, and 55 + 10 log P dB (25 dBm, 3 nW) on all frequencies more than 20 MHz from the channel edge, where X MHz is the greater of 6 MHz or the actual emission bandwidth (26 dB). TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE The EUT was setup according to EIA/TIA 603D a. Place the EUT on a bench and set it in transmitting mode. b. Connect a low loss RF cable from the antenna port to a spectrum analyzer andCMW500 by a Directional c. EUT Communicate with CMW500, then select a channel for testing. d. Add a correction factor to the display of spectrum, and then test. e. The resolution bandwidth of the spectrum analyzer was setsufficient scans were taken to show the out of Couple. band Emission if any up to10th harmonic. f. Please refer to following tables for test antenna conducted emissions. Sub range

(GHz) 0.03~26.5 RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz Sweep time

(s) Auto Working Frequency LTE Band 41 TEST RESULTS EUT 4G Mobile phone Test Date:

July 11, 2019 Temperature:

Humidity:

Operation Mode:

250C 55 % RH Normal Voltage- Tx Mode Tested by:

Test Voltage Normal Voltage Gary Qian 1. We were tested all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41; recorded worst case at the QPSK Mode for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41 Remark:

Page 32 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-5 MHz Channel Bandwidth Low Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz Page 33 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-5 MHz Channel Bandwidth Middle Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz Page 34 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-5 MHz Channel Bandwidth High Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz Page 35 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-10 MHz Channel Bandwidth Low Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz Page 36 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-10 MHz Channel Bandwidth Middle Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz Page 37 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-10 MHz Channel Bandwidth High Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz Page 38 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-15 MHz Channel Bandwidth Low Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz Page 39 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-15 MHz Channel Bandwidth Middle Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz Page 40 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-15 MHz Channel Bandwidth High Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz Page 41 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-20 MHz Channel Bandwidth Low Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz Page 42 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-20 MHz Channel Bandwidth Middle Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz Page 43 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E LTE Band 41-20 MHz Channel Bandwidth High Channel QPSK 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~26.5GHz 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz Page 44 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 4.6 Radiated Spurious Emssion TEST APPLICABLE The power of any emission outside of the authorized operating frequency ranges must be attenuated below the transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 40 + 10 log P dB (10 dBm, 100 nW) on all frequencies between the channel edge and 5 MHz from the channel edge, 43 + 10 log P dB (13 dBm, 50 nW) on all frequencies between 5 MHz and X MHz from the channel edge, and 55 + 10 log P dB (25 dBm, 3 nW) on all frequencies more than 20 MHz from the channel edge, where X MHz is the greater of 6 MHz or the actual emission bandwidth (26 dB). TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE The EUT was setup according to EIA/TIA 603D a. The EUT shall be placed at the specified height on a support, and in the position closest to normal use as declared by provider. the frequency of the transmitter b. The test antenna shall be oriented initially for vertical polarization and shall be chosen to correspond to c. The output of the test antenna shall be connected to the measuring receiver. d. The transmitter shall be switched on and the measuring receiver shall be tuned to the frequency of the transmitter under test. e. The test antenna shall be raised and lowered through the specified range of height until a maximum signal Page 45 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E f. The transmitter shall then be rotated through 360in the horizontal plane, until the maximum signal level level is detected by the measuring receiver. is detected by the measuring receiver. g. The test antenna shall be raised and lowered again through the specified range of height until a maximum signal level is detected by the measuring receiver. h. The maximum signal level detected by the measuring receiver shall be noted. i. j. The substitution antenna shall be orientated for vertical polarization and the length of the substitution The transmitter shall be replaced by a substitution antenna. antenna shall be adjusted to correspond to the frequency of the transmitter. k. The substitution antenna shall be connected to a calibrated signal generator. l. If necessary, the input attenuator setting of the measuring receiver shall be adjusted in order to increase the sensitivity of the measuring receiver. m. The test antenna shall be raised and lowered through the specified range of height to ensure that the maximum signal is received. n. The input signal to the substitution antenna shall be adjusted to the level that produces a level detected by the measuring receiver, that is equal to the level noted while the transmitter radiated power was measured, corrected for the change of input attenuator setting of the measuring receiver. o. The measurement shall be repeated with the test antenna and the substitution antenna orientated for horizontal polarization. p. The measure of the effective radiated power is the larger of the two levels recorded at the input to the substitution antenna, corrected for gain of the substitution antenna if necessary. q. Test site anechoic chamber refer to ANSI C63.4:2014.

. Frequency LTE Band 41 Channel Low Middle High Radiated Measurement:

EUT 4G Mobile phone Temperature:

Humidity:

Operation Mode:

250C 55 % RH Normal Voltage- Tx Mode Frequency Range 30MHz -26.5GHz 30MHz -26.5GHz 30MHz -26.5GHz Verdict PASS PASS PASS Test Date:

July 11, 2019 Tested by:

Test Voltage Normal Voltage Gary Qian Remark:

1. We measured all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41;

recorded worst case for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41. 2. EIRP=PS(dBm)-Pcl(dB) +Ga(dBi) 3. Not recorded other points means the reading of emissions are attenuated more than 20dB below the permissible limits or the field strength is too small to be measured. 4. Margin = Limit EIRP LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Ga Frequency PS Pcl

(dB) 4.39 5.31 4.39 5.31 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.52 12.34 13.52 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-34.06

-43.23

-35.58

-45.8 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Margin

(dB) 9.06 18.23 10.58 20.8 Polarization H H V V

(MHz) 5115.0 7672.5 5115.0 7672.5

(dBm)

-42.01

-51.44

-43.53

-54.01 LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Ga Frequency PS Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Ga Frequency Ps Diatance Page 46 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.52 12.34 13.52 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.52 12.34 13.52 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-34.23

-41.57

-36.75

-43.55 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-37.6

-41.27

-35.44

-43.93 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-34.07

-43.47

-35.96

-46.05 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-33.6

-41.15

-35.94

-43.22 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-37.75

-40.8

-35.86

-43.98 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-33.87

-42.9

-35.73

-45.05 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-34.34

-41.84

-36.39

-42.73 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Margin

(dB) 9.23 16.57 11.75 18.55 Margin

(dB) 12.6 16.27 10.44 18.93 Margin

(dB) 9.07 18.47 10.96 21.05 Margin

(dB) 8.6 16.15 10.94 18.22 Margin

(dB) 12.75 15.8 10.86 18.98 Margin

(dB) 8.87 17.9 10.73 20.05 Margin

(dB) 9.34 16.84 11.39 17.73 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00

(dBm)

-42.16

-49.77

-44.68

-51.75

(dBm)

-45.6

-49.46

-43.44

-52.11

(dBm)

-42.02

-51.68

-43.91

-54.26

(dBm)

-41.53

-49.35

-43.87

-51.42

(dBm)

-45.75

-48.99

-43.86

-52.16

(dBm)

-41.82

-51.11

-43.68

-53.26

(dBm)

-42.27

-50.04

-44.32

-50.93

(MHz) 5200.0 7800.0 5200.0 7800.0

(MHz) 5305.0 7957.5 5305.0 7957.5

(MHz) 5120.0 7680.0 5120.0 7680.0

(MHz) 5200.0 7800.0 5200.0 7800.0

(MHz) 5300.0 7950.0 5300.0 7950.0

(MHz) 5125.0 7687.5 5125.0 7687.5

(MHz) 5200.0 7800.0 5200.0 7800.0 LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 15MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 15MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 Pcl

(dB) 4.39 5.31 4.39 5.31 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 Pcl

(dB) 4.39 5.31 4.39 5.31 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 15MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance Page 47 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E Antenna Gain(dB) 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.52 12.34 13.52 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.52 12.34 13.52 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-37.02

-40.92

-35.56

-43.57 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-34.03

-43.63

-36.03

-45.81 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-34.34

-41.7

-36.33

-43.25 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-37.05

-40.79

-35.64

-43.44 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-33.98

-42.83

-35.58

-45.44 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-33.89

-41.38

-36.58

-43.35 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-37.52

-41.52

-35.87

-43.76 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Margin

(dB) 12.02 15.92 10.56 18.57 Margin

(dB) 9.03 18.63 11.03 20.81 Margin

(dB) 9.34 16.7 11.33 18.25 Margin

(dB) 12.05 15.79 10.64 18.44 Margin

(dB) 8.98 17.83 10.58 20.44 Margin

(dB) 8.89 16.38 11.58 18.35 Margin

(dB) 12.52 16.52 10.87 18.76 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 20MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 20MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 20MHz_QPSK_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance

(dBm)

-45.02

-49.11

-43.56

-51.75

(dBm)

-41.98

-51.84

-43.98

-54.02

(dBm)

-42.27

-49.9

-44.26

-51.45

(dBm)

-45.05

-48.98

-43.64

-51.62

(dBm)

-41.93

-51.04

-43.53

-53.65

(dBm)

-41.82

-49.58

-44.51

-51.55

(dBm)

-45.52

-49.71

-43.87

-51.94

(MHz) 5295.0 7942.5 5295.0 7942.5

(MHz) 5140.0 7710.0 5140.0 7710.0

(MHz) 5200.0 7800.0 5200.0 7800.0

(MHz) 5280.0 7920.0 5280.0 7920.0

(MHz) 5115.0 7672.5 5115.0 7672.5

(MHz) 5200.0 7800.0 5200.0 7800.0

(MHz) 5305.0 7957.5 5305.0 7957.5 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 Pcl

(dB) 4.39 5.31 4.39 5.31 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 Pcl

(dB) 4.39 5.31 4.39 5.31 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance Page 48 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.52 12.34 13.52 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.52 12.34 13.52 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.52 12.34 13.52 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-34

-43.62

-35.89

-45.54 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-34.16

-41.22

-36.35

-42.78 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-37.5

-41.66

-35.74

-43.39 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-34.24

-43.68

-35.85

-45.89 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-34.34

-41.94

-36.54

-42.79 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-36.9

-41.29

-35.94

-43.73 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-33.71

-43.53

-35.67

-45.82 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Margin

(dB) 9 18.62 10.89 20.54 Margin

(dB) 9.16 16.22 11.35 17.78 Margin

(dB) 12.5 16.66 10.74 18.39 Margin

(dB) 9.24 18.68 10.85 20.89 Margin

(dB) 9.34 16.94 11.54 17.79 Margin

(dB) 11.9 16.29 10.94 18.73 Margin

(dB) 8.71 18.53 10.67 20.82 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 15MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 15MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 15MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 20MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance

(dBm)

-41.95

-51.83

-43.84

-53.75

(dBm)

-42.09

-49.42

-44.28

-50.98

(dBm)

-45.5

-49.85

-43.74

-51.57

(dBm)

-42.19

-51.89

-43.8

-54.1

(dBm)

-42.27

-50.14

-44.47

-50.99

(dBm)

-44.9

-49.48

-43.94

-51.91

(dBm)

-41.66

-51.74

-43.62

-54.03

(MHz) 5120.0 7680.0 5120.0 7680.0

(MHz) 5200.0 7800.0 5200.0 7800.0

(MHz) 5300.0 7950.0 5300.0 7950.0

(MHz) 5125.0 7687.5 5125.0 7687.5

(MHz) 5200.0 7800.0 5200.0 7800.0

(MHz) 5295.0 7942.5 5295.0 7942.5

(MHz) 5140.0 7710.0 5140.0 7710.0 Pcl

(dB) 4.39 5.31 4.39 5.31 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 Pcl

(dB) 4.39 5.31 4.39 5.31 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 Pcl

(dB) 4.39 5.31 4.39 5.31 LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 20MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance

(MHz) 5200.0 7800.0 5200.0 7800.0

(MHz) 5280.0 7920.0 5280.0 7920.0

(dBm)

-41.96

-49.33

-44.6

-51.02

(dBm)

-45.15

-49.73

-43.94

-51.83 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 LTE Band 41_Channel Bandwidth 20MHz_16QAM_1RB#0 Frequency Ps Ga Diatance Page 49 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Antenna Gain(dB) 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-34.03

-41.13

-36.67

-42.82 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-37.15

-41.54

-35.94

-43.65 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Limit

(dBm)

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00

-25.00 Margin

(dB) 9.03 16.13 11.67 17.82 Margin

(dB) 12.15 16.54 10.94 18.65 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Page 50 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 4.7 Frequency Stability LIMIT According to 2.1055 requirement, the frequency stability shall be sufficient to ensure that the fundamental emissions stay within the authorized bands of operation and should not exceed 2.5ppm. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE The EUT was setup according to EIA/TIA 603D Frequency Stability Under Temperature Variations:

In order to measure the carrier frequency under the condition of AFC lock, it is necessary to make measurements with the EUT in a call mode. This is accomplished with the use of R&S CMW500 DIGITAL RADIO COMMUNICATION TESTER. 1. Measure the carrier frequency at room temperature. 2. Subject the EUT to overnight soak at -30. 3. With the EUT, powered via nominal voltage, connected to the CMW500 and in a simulated call on middle channel for LTE band 41, measure the carrier frequency. These measurements should be made within 2 minutes of Powering up the EUT, to prevent significant self-warming. 4. Repeat the above measurements at 10 increments from -30 to +50. Allow at least 1.5 hours at each temperature, unpowered, before making measurements. 5. Re-measure carrier frequency at room temperature with nominal voltage. Vary supply voltage from minimum voltage to maximum voltage, in 0.1Volt increments re-measuring carrier frequency at each voltage. Pause at nominal voltage for 1.5 hours unpowered, to allow any self-heating to stabilize, before continuing. 6. Subject the EUT to overnight soak at +50. 7. With the EUT, powered via nominal voltage, connected to the CMW500 and in a simulated call on the centre channel, measure the carrier frequency. These measurements should be made within 2 minutes of Powering up the EUT, to prevent significant self-warming. 8. Repeat the above measurements at 10 increments from +50 to -30. Allow at least 1.5 hours at each temperature, unpowered, before making measurements 9. At all temperature levels hold the temperature to +/- 0.5 during the measurement procedure. Frequency Stability Under Voltage Variations:

Set chamber temperature to 20. Use a variable AC power supply / DC power source to power the EUT and set the voltage to rated voltage. Set the spectrum analyzer RBW low enough to obtain the desired frequency resolution and recorded the frequency. Reduce the input voltage to specify extreme voltage variation (15%) and endpoint, recordthe maximum frequency change. TEST RESULTS EUT Temperature:

Humidity:

Operation Mode:

Page 51 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 4G Mobile phone Test Date:

July 11, 2019 250C 55 % RH Normal Voltage- Tx Mode Tested by:

Test Voltage Normal Voltage Gary Qian Remark:

1. We testedall RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE Band 41;

recorded worst case. LTE Band 41_5MHz bandwidth_QPSK_1RB#0 (worst case of all bandwidths) DC Power Temperature Frequency error(Hz) LTE Band 41 3.40 3.70 4.20 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70

() 20 20 20

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Frequency error(ppm)

-0.006134

-0.006412

-0.006816

-0.005726 0.013318

-0.013524

-0.005652 0.011701

-0.014541

-0.013084

-0.006623

-0.006367 28 32 18 27 19 15 32 19 25 29 15 21 LTE Band 41_5MHz bandwidth_16QAM_1RB#0 (worst case of all bandwidths) Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS DC Power 3.40 3.70 4.20 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 3.70 Temperature

() 20 20 20

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 LTE Band 41 Frequency error(Hz) 34 42 57 62 32 41 32 27 23 32 23 17 Frequency error(ppm)

-0.006748 0.009158 0.005364 0.005924 0.010887 0.007008

-0.005887 0.011289

-0.006738

-0.005935 0.007421 0.006037 Page 52 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 5 T e s t S e t u p P h o t o s o f t h e E U T Page 53 of 53 Report No.: HK1907111626-2E 6 E x t e r n a l a n d I n t e r n a l P h o t o s o f t h e E U T Reference to the report : ANNEX A of external photos and ANNEX B of internal photos

**********************End of Report**********************

 

 

Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Report No.: HK1907111626-3E FCC PART 24TEST REPORT Part 22H Subpart E Report Reference No. .....................: HK1907111626-3E FCC ID. .............................................: ZNFX210LMW Compiled by

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

File administrators Gary Qian Supervised by

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

Technique principal Eden Hu Approved by

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

Manager Jason Zhou Date of issue ..................................... : July. 12,2019 Testing Laboratory Name .............. : Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Address ............................................ : 1F, B2 Building, Junfeng Zhongcheng Zhizao Innovation Park, Applicants name ............................ : LG Electronics USA, Inc. Address ............................................ : 1000 Sylvan Ave., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632, United Heping Community, Fuhai Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen,China States Test specification ...........................:

Standard ........................................... : FCC CFR Title 47 Part 2, Part 22H TRF Originator .................................. : Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd.All rights reserved. This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for non-commercial purposes as long as the Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd.as copyright owner and source of the material. Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd.takess no responsibility for and will not assume liability for damages resulting from the reader's interpretation of the reproduced material due to its placement and context. Test item description .....................: 4G Mobile phone Trade Mark ....................................... : LG Manufacturer ................................... : OPTIEMUS ELECTRONICS LIMITED Model/Type reference....................... : LM-X210LMW Listed Models .................................. :

Modulation Type ............................... : QPSK, 16QAM Rating ............................................... : DC 3.85V From Battery Hardware version ............................. : V2.0 Software version ............................... : V2.0 Result................................................ : PASS

/

Page 2 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E T E S T R E P O R T Test Report No. :

HK1907111626-3E ______________________________________________________________________________________________ July. 12,2019 Date of issue Equipment under Test Model /Type Listed Models Applicant Address Manufacturer Address

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

4G Mobile phone LM-X210LMW

/

LG Electronics USA, Inc. 1000 Sylvan Ave., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632, United States OPTIEMUS ELECTRONICS LIMITED D-348, Sector-63, Noida, Uttar Pradesh, Pin Code-

201307 Test Result:

PASS The test report merely corresponds to the test sample. It is not permitted to copy extracts of these test result without the written permission of the test laboratory. Page 3 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E Revison History Issue Date 2019-07-12 Revisions Initial Issue Revised By James Zhou Revision V1.0 Page 4 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E Contents T E S T S T A N D A R D S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 S U M M A R Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General Remarks Product Description Equipment under Test Normal Accessory setting EUT configuration Related Submittal(s) / Grant (s) Modifications GeneralTest Conditions/Configurations 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 T E S T E N V I R O N M E N T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Address of the test laboratory Environmental conditions Test Description Equipments Used during the Test 8 8 8 9 T E S T C O N D I T I O N S A N D R E S U L T S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Output Power Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth Band Edge compliance Spurious Emssion on Antenna Port Radiated Spurious Emssion Frequency Stability 10 15 20 25 30 43 49 T E S T S E T U P P H O T O S O F T H E E U T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2 1 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 3 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 5 Page 5 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 1 T E S T S T A N D A R D S The tests were performed according to following standards:

FCC Part 2: FREQUENCY ALLOCA-TIONS AND RADIO TREATY MAT-TERS; GENERAL RULES AND REG-ULATIONS FCC Part 22 Subpart H: PRIVATE LAND MOBILE RADIO SERVICES. ANSI/TIA-603-E-2016: Land Mobile FM or PM Communications Equipment Measurement and Performance Standards. ANSI C63.26-2015: IEEE/ANSI Standard for Compliance Testing of Transmitters Used in Licensed Radio Services FCCKDB971168D01 Power Meas License Digital Systems 2 S U M M A R Y 2.1 General Remarks Date of receipt of test sample Testing commenced on Testing concluded on 2.2 Product Description Name of EUT Model/Type reference:

List Model:

Power supply:

Adapter Information Modilation Type Antenna Type Operation Frequency Band Operation frequency LTE Release Extreme temp. Tolerance Extreme vol. Limits 2.3 Equipment under Test Power supply system utilised Power supply voltage Page 6 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E

:

:

:

Jun. 24, 2019 Jun. 25, 2019 July. 12,2019 4G Mobile phone LM-X210LMW

/

DC 3.85V From Battery N/A QPSK,16QAM Internal Antenna LTE BAND 5 LTE BAND 5: 824~849 MHz R8

-30C to +50C 3.465VDC to 4.235VDC (nominal: 3.85VDC)

: 120V/ 60 Hz 12 V DC Other (specified in blank below) 115V/60Hz 24 V DC DC 3.85V From Battery 2.4 Normal Accessory setting Fully charged battery was used during the test. 2.5 EUT configuration The following peripheral devices and interface cables were connected during the measurement:

- supplied by the manufacturer

- supplied by the lab Power Cable Multimeter Length (m) :

Shield :

Detachable :

Manufacturer :

Model No. :

/

/

/

/

/

Page 7 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 2.6 Related Submittal(s) / Grant (s) This submittal(s) (test report) is intended for FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW filing to comply with FCC Part 22H, Rules. 2.7 Modifications No modifications were implemented to meet testing criteria. 2.8 GeneralTest Conditions/Configurations 2.10.1 TestEnvironment EnvironmentParameter Relative Humidity Temperature Voltage SelectedValuesDuringTests Ambient TN VL VN VH Ambient 3.465V 3.85V 4.235V NOTE:VL=lowerextreme testvoltageVN=nominalvoltage VH=upperextreme testvoltageTN=normaltemperature 3 T E S T E N V I R O N M E N T 3.1 Address of the test laboratory Page 8 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Add.:1F, B2 Building, Junfeng Zhongcheng Zhizao Innovation Park,Heping Community, Fuhai Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen, China 3.2 Environmental conditions During the measurement the environmental conditions were within the listed ranges:

15-35 C 30-60 %

950-1050mbar Temperature:

Humidity:

Atmospheric pressure:

3.3 Test Description Band 5 (824~849 MHz) Test Item Effective(Isotropic) Radiated Output Power Peak-AverageRatio Modulation Characteristics FCCRuleNo. 2.1046, 2 2.913(a)(2) 24.232(d) 2.1047 Bandwidth Band Edges Compliance 2.1049 2.1051, 24.238 Spurious Emissionat AntennaTerminals Field Strength of Spurious Radiation Frequency Stability 2.1051, 24.238 Clause 7of KDB971168 D01 v02r02 2.1055, 22.355, 24.235 Requirements EIRP 2W FCC:Limit13dB Digitalmodulation OBW: Nolimit. EBW: Nolimit.

-13dBm/1%*EBW, The frequency block.

-13dBm/1MHz, In1MHz band simmediately outside and adjacent to from 9kHz to10th harmonicsbut outside authorized Operating frequency ranges.

-13dBm/1MHz. FCC:with in authorized frequency block. Verdict Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass Pass NOTE 1:For theverdict,theN/Adenotesnot applicable,theN/Tdenotes nottested. Remark:

1. The measurement uncertainty is not included in the test result. 3.4 Equipments Used during the Test Page 9 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E Test Equipment Manufacturer Model No. ENV216 ENV216 ESCI 7 FSP40 N9020A JS0806-1 FMZB 1519 B VULB9163 9120D LB-180400KF EMC051845SE R&S R&S R&S R&S Agilent Tonscend Schwarzbeck Schwarzbeck Schwarzbeck Schwarzbeck EMCI Agilent 83051A Schwarzbeck BBV 9743 Boyang HTC-1 Serial No. HKE-059 HKE-002 HKE-010 HKE-025 HKE-048 HKE-060 HKE-014 HKE-012 HKE-013 HKE-054 HKE-015 HKE-016 HKE-006 HKE-075 Calibration Date 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 Calibration Due Date 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 HT-80L HKE-118 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 JS0806-F 9kHz-1GHz 1-40G E4419B E9300A TS+ Rev 2.5.0.0 TS+ Rev 2.5.0.0 JS1120-B Version 2.6 JS1120-4 JS1120-3 JS1120-1 HKE-055 HKE-117 HKE-034 HKE-085 HKE-086 HKE-081 HKE-082 HKE-083 HKE-113 HKE-114 HKE-115 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A CMW500 HKE-026 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 CMU200 HKE-029 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 Guangke Tonscend Times Times Agilent Agilent Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend R&S R&S LISN LISN Receiver Spectrum analyzer Spectrum analyzer RF automatic control unit Loop antenna Bilog Broadband Antenna Horn antenna High gain antenna Preamplifier Preamplifier Preamplifier Temperature and humidity meter High-low temperature chamber High pass filter unit RF Cable(below1GHz) RF Cable(above 1GHz) Power meter Power Sensor Conducted test software Radiated test software RF test software RF test software RF test software RF test software Wireless Communication Test Set Wireless Set Communication Test Page 10 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 4 T E S T C O N D I T I O N S A N D R E S U L T S 4.1 Output Power 4.1.1 Coducted Output Power TEST APPLICABLE During the process of testing, the EUT was controlled via R&S Digital Radio Communication tester (CMW500) to ensure max power transmission and proper modulation. This result contains output power and EIRP measurements for the EUT. In all cases, output power is within the specified limits. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE Conducted Power Measurement:

a) Place the EUT on a bench and set it in transmitting mode. b) Connect a low loss RF cable from the antenna port to a CMW500 by an Att. c) EUT Communicate with CMW500 then selects a channel for testing. d) Add a correction factor to the display CMW500, and then test. TEST RESULTS compliance *

Remark:

1. We measured all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5;

TX Channel Bandwidth Frequency

(MHz) 824.7 1.4 MHz 836.5 848.3 825.5 836.5 3 MHz LTE FDD Band 5 RB Size/Offset 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid Burst Average Power [dBm]

16QAM QPSK 22.69 23.13 23.05 22.59 22.41 23.07 23.09 23.13 22.37 23.22 23.23 22.33 22.25 23.16 23.10 23.13 22.26 23.37 23.73 23.31 23.28 23.72 23.56 23.20 21.99 23.26 23.15 21.87 21.82 23.31 21.99 21.98 22.00 23.21 23.26 21.98 22.06 23.23 Page 11 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid 100% RB 1 RB low 1 RB high 50% RB mid 100% RB 22.00 23.38 23.66 22.43 22.41 23.19 23.12 23.13 22.16 23.02 23.19 22.07 22.09 23.34 23.21 23.61 22.58 23.03 22.92 23.17 22.14 23.10 23.25 23.31 22.14 23.31 23.74 23.65 22.28 22.03 22.38 22.42 22.43 22.21 22.04 22.13 22.15 21.66 21.61 21.75 22.08 22.09 22.64 22.80 22.79 22.56 22.02 21.91 21.99 22.10 22.59 22.51 22.78 22.14 22.14 22.21 22.54 22.27 5 MHz 847.5 826.5 836.5 846.5 829.0 10 MHz 836.5 844.0 Page 12 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 4.1.2. Radiated Output Power LIMIT This is the test for the maximum radiated power from the EUT. Rule Part 22H.232(b) specifies, "Mobile/portable stations are limited to 7 watts e.i.r.p. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. EUT was placed on a 1.50 meter high non-conductive stand at a 3 meter test distance from the receive antenna. A receiving antenna was placed on the antenna mast 3 meters from the EUT for emission measurements. The height of receiving antenna is 1.50m. Detected emissions were maximized at each frequency by rotating the EUT through 360 and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. The radiated emission measurements of all transmit frequencies in three channels (High, Middle, Low) were measured with peak detector. 2. A log-periodic antenna or double-ridged waveguide horn antenna shall be substituted in place of the EUT. The log-periodic antenna will be driven by a signal generator and the level will be adjusted till the same power value on the spectrum analyzer or receiver. The level of the spurious emissions can be calculated through the level of the signal generator, cable loss, the gain of the substitution antenna and the reading of the spectrum analyzer or receiver. 3. The EUT is then put into continuously transmitting mode at its maximum power level during the test.Set Test Receiver or Spectrum RBW=1MHz,VBW=3MHz, And the maximum value of the receiver should be recorded as (Pr). 4. The EUT shall be replaced by a substitution antenna.In the chamber, an substitution antenna for the frequency band of interest is placed at the reference point of the chamber. An RF Signal source for the frequency band of interest isconnected to the substitution antenna with a cable that has been constructed to not interfere with the radiation pattern of the antenna. A power (PMea) is applied to the input of the substitution antenna, and adjust the level of the signal generator output until the value of the receiver reach the previously recorded (Pr). The power of signal source (PMea) is recorded. The test should be performed by rotating the test item and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. Page 13 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 5. A amplifier should be connected to the Signal Source output port. And the cable should be connect between the Amplifier and the Substitution Antenna. The cable loss (Pcl) ,the Substitution Antenna Gain

(Ga) and the Amplifier Gain (PAg) should be recorded after test. The measurement results are obtained as described below: Power(EIRP)=PMea- PAg - Pcl+ Ga We used SMF100A micowave signal generator which signal level can up to 33dBm,so we not used power Amplifier for substituation test; The measurement results are amend as described below:

Power(EIRP)=PMea- Pcl+ Ga 6. This value is EIRP since the measurement is calibrated using an antenna of known gain (2.15 dBi) and known input power. 7. ERP can be calculated from EIRP by subtracting the gain of the dipole, ERP = EIRP-2.15dBi. TEST RESULTS Radiated Measurement:

Remark:

1. We measured all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5; recorded worst case for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5. 2. EIRP=PMea(dBm)-Pcl(dB)+PAg(dB)+Ga(dBi) 3. We measured both Horizontal and Vertical direction, recorded worst case direction. LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 1.4MHz_QPSK Frequency Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 3MHz_QPSK Frequency Ga

(MHz) 824.7 836.5 848.3

(MHz) 825.5 836.5 847.5

(MHz) 826.5 836.5 846.5

(MHz) 829.0 836.5 844.0 PMea

(dBm)

-20.71

-21.8

-21.17 PMea

(dBm)

-21.33

-21.69

-21.42 PMea

(dBm)

-20.96

-21.73

-21.06 PMea

(dBm)

-20.51

-21.95

-21.56 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Antenna Gain(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 Antenna Gain(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 Antenna Gain(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 Antenna Gain(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 PAg

(dB) 33.60 33.60 33.60 PAg

(dB) 33.60 33.60 33.60 PAg

(dB) 33.60 33.60 33.60 PAg

(dB) 33.60 33.60 33.60 ERP

(dBm) 19.72 18.55 19.11 Limit

(dBm) 38.45 38.45 38.45 Margin

(dB) 18.73 19.9 19.34 ERP

(dBm) 19.1 18.66 18.86 ERP

(dBm) 19.47 18.62 19.22 ERP

(dBm) 19.92 18.4 18.72 Limit

(dBm) 38.45 38.45 38.45 Limit

(dBm) 38.45 38.45 38.45 Limit

(dBm) 38.45 38.45 38.45 Margin

(dB) 19.35 19.79 19.59 Margin

(dB) 18.98 19.83 19.23 Margin

(dB) 18.53 20.05 19.73 Polarization V V V Polarization V V V Polarization V V V Polarization V V V LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_QPSK Frequency Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_QPSK Frequency Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 1.4MHz_16QAM Correction Frequency Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 3MHz_16QAM Frequency Correction Ga

(MHz) 824.7 836.5 848.3

(MHz) 825.5 836.5 847.5

(MHz) 826.5 836.5 846.5

(MHz) 829.0 836.5 844.0 PMea

(dBm)

-20.11

-21.14

-21.96 PMea

(dBm)

-20.89

-22.56

-21 PMea

(dBm)

-21.3

-21.56

-21.04 PMea

(dBm)

-20.92

-21.56

-21.58 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Antenna Gain(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 Antenna Gain(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 Antenna Gain(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 Antenna Gain(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_16QAM Frequency Correction Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_16QAM Frequency Correction Ga Page 14 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E PAg

(dB) 20.32 19.21 18.32 PAg

(dB) 19.54 17.79 19.28 PAg

(dB) 19.13 18.79 19.24 PAg

(dB) 19.51 18.79 18.7 ERP

(dBm) 18.13 19.24 20.13 ERP

(dBm) 18.91 20.66 19.17 ERP

(dBm) 19.32 19.66 19.21 ERP

(dBm) 18.94 19.66 19.75 Limit

(dBm) 38.45 38.45 38.45 Limit

(dBm) 38.45 38.45 38.45 Limit

(dBm) 38.45 38.45 38.45 Limit

(dBm) 38.45 38.45 38.45 Margin

(dB) 20.32 19.21 18.32 Margin

(dB) 19.54 17.79 19.28 Margin

(dB) 19.13 18.79 19.24 Margin

(dB) 19.51 18.79 18.7 Polarization V V V Polarization V V V Polarization V V V Polarization V V V

(dB) 33.6 33.6 33.6

(dB) 33.6 33.6 33.6

(dB) 33.6 33.6 33.6

(dB) 33.6 33.6 33.6 Page 15 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 4.2 Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) LIMIT The Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) of the transmission may not exceed 13 dB. TEST CONFIGURATION 1. Refer to instruments analyzer instruction manual for details on how to use the power statistics/CCDF 2. Set resolution/measurement bandwidth signals occupied bandwidth;

3. Set the number of counts to a value that stabilizes the measured CCDF curve;

4. Set the measurement interval as follows:

1). for continuous transmissions, set to 1 ms, 2). for burst transmissions, employ an external trigger that is synchronized with the EUT burst timing sequence, or use the internal burst trigger with a trigger level that allows the burst to stabilize and set the measurement interval to a time that is less than or equal to the burst duration. 5. Record the maximum PAPR level associated with a probability of 0.1%. TEST PROCEDURE function;

TEST RESULTS Remark:

1. We measured all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5; recorded worst case for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5. TX Channel Bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz 10 MHz Frequency

(MHz) 824.7 836.5 848.3 825.5 836.5 847.5 826.5 836.5 846.5 829.0 836.5 844.0 LTE FDD Band 5 RB Size/Offset 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 QPSK 5.74 5.19 5.17 5.64 5.07 5.12 5.85 5.00 5.38 5.53 4.75 5.49 PAPR(dB) 16QAM 6.36 5.84 5.82 6.69 6.18 5.86 6.30 5.82 5.99 6.57 5.57 6.30 Page 16 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5 1.4 MHz Channel BandwidthPAPR QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 1RB#0 Middle Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 High Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 Page 17 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 53MHz Channel BandwidthPAPR QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 1RB#0 Middle Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 High Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 Page 18 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 55MHz Channel BandwidthPAPR QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 1RB#0 Middle Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 High Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 Page 19 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 510MHz Channel BandwidthPAPR QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 1RB#0 Middle Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 High Channel 1RB#0 1RB#0 1RB#0 Page 20 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 4.3 Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth LIMIT N/A TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE The transmitter output was connected to a calibrated coaxial cable and coupler, the other end of which was connected to a spectrum analyzer. The occupied bandwidth was measured with the spectrum analyzer at low, middle and high channel in each band. The -26dBc Emission bandwidth was also measured and recorded. Set RBWwas set to about 1% of emission BW, VBW3 times RBW.

-26dBc display line was placed on the screen (or 99% bandwidth), the occupied bandwidth isthe delta frequency between the two points where the display line intersects the signal trace. TEST RESULTS Remark:

1. We were tested all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5; recorded worst case for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5. LTE FDD Band 5

-26dBc Emission bandwidth (MHz) 99% Occupied bandwidth

(MHz) Frequency

(MHz) 824.7 836.5 848.3 825.5 836.5 847.5 826.5 836.5 846.5 829.0 836.5 844.0 QPSK 1.241 1.242 1.248 2.994 2.953 2.996 4.956 4.926 4.887 9.559 9.530 9.591 16QAM 1.241 1.251 1.268 2.998 2.978 3.024 4.968 4.997 4.906 9.621 9.556 9.584 QPSK 1.0890 1.0882 1.0951 2.7013 2.6941 2.7000 4.5032 4.4977 4.5029 8.9796 8.9715 9.0004 16QAM 1.0919 1.0901 1.0921 2.6970 2.6967 2.7002 4.4990 4.4936 4.4990 8.9862 8.9753 8.9759 TX Channel Bandwidth 1.4 MHz 3 MHz 5 MHz RB Size/Offset 6RB#0 15RB#0 25RB#0 10 MHz 50RB#0 Page 21 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5 1.4 MHz Channel Bandwidth Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 6RB#0 Middle Channel 6RB#0 6RB#0 High Channel 6RB#0 6RB#0 6RB#0 Page 22 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 53MHz Channel Bandwidth Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 15RB#0 Middle Channel 15RB#0 15RB#0 High Channel 15RB#0 15RB#0 15RB#0 Page 23 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 55MHz Channel Bandwidth Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth QPSK Low Channel 16QAM

=

25RB#0 Middle Channel 25RB#0 25RB#0 High Channel 25RB#0 25RB#0 25RB#0 Page 24 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 510MHz Channel Bandwidth Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 50RB#0 Middle Channel 50RB#0 50RB#0 High Channel 50RB#0 50RB#0 50RB#0 Page 25 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 4.4 Band Edge compliance LIMIT Per FCC 24.238 the power of any emission outside of the authorized operating frequency ranges must be attenuated below the transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 43 + 10log(P) dB. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. The transmitter output port was connected to base station. 2. The RF output of EUT was connected to the power meter by RF cable and attenuator, the path loss was compensated to the results for each measurement. 3. Set EUT at maximum power through base station. 4. Select lowestand highest channels for each band and different modulation. 5. Measure Band edge using RMS (Average) detector by spectrum TEST RESULTS Remark:

1. We were tested all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5; recorded worst case for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5. Page 26 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5 1.4 MHz Channel BandwidthBand Edge Compliance QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 6RB#0 High Channel 6RB#0 6RB#0 6RB#0 Page 27 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 53MHz Channel BandwidthBand Edge Compliance QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 15RB#0 High Channel 15RB#0 15RB#0 15RB#0 Page 28 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 55MHz Channel BandwidthBand Edge Compliance QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 25RB#0 High Channel 25RB#0 25RB#0 25RB#0 Page 29 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5 10 MHz Channel BandwidthBand Edge Compliance QPSK 16QAM Low Channel 50RB#0 High Channel 50RB#0 50RB#0 50RB#0 Page 30 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 4.5 Spurious Emssion on Antenna Port LIMIT Per FCC 24.238, the power of any emission outside of the authorized operating frequency ranges must be attenuated below the transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 43 + 10log(P) dB. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE The EUT was setup according to EIA/TIA 603D a. Place the EUT on a bench and set it in transmitting mode. b. Connect a low loss RF cable from the antenna port to a spectrum analyzer andCMW500 by a Directional c. EUT Communicate with CMW500, then select a channel for testing. d. Add a correction factor to the display of spectrum, and then test. e. The resolution bandwidth of the spectrum analyzer was setsufficient scans were taken to show the out of Couple. band Emission if any up to10th harmonic. f. Please refer to following tables for test antenna conducted emissions. Working Frequency LTE FDD Band 5 Sub range

(GHz) 0.01~20 RBW 1 MHz VBW 3 MHz Sweep time

(s) Auto 1. We were tested all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5; recorded worst case at the QPSK Mode for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5 TEST RESULTS Remark:

Page 31 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-1.4MHz Channel Bandwidth Low Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz Page 32 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-1.4MHz Channel Bandwidth Middle Channel QPSK 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz Page 33 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-1.4MHz Channel Bandwidth High Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz Page 34 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-3MHz Channel Bandwidth Low Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz Page 35 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-3MHz Channel Bandwidth Middle Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz Page 36 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-3MHz Channel Bandwidth High Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz Page 37 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-5 MHz Channel Bandwidth Low Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz Page 38 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-5 MHz Channel Bandwidth Middle Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz Page 39 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-5 MHz Channel Bandwidth High Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz Page 40 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-10 MHz Channel Bandwidth Low Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz Page 41 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-10 MHz Channel Bandwidth Middle Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz Page 42 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5-10 MHz Channel Bandwidth High Channel QPSK 10MHz~3GHz 9 GHz ~15 GHz 3GHz ~9GHz 15 GHz ~20GHz Page 43 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 4.6 Radiated Spurious Emssion TEST APPLICABLE Per FCC 24.238, the power of any emission outside of the authorized operating frequency ranges must be attenuated below the transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 43 + 10log(P) dB. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. EUT was placed on a 1.50 meter high non-conductive stand at a 3 meter test distance from the receive antenna. A receiving antenna was placed on the antenna mast 3 meters from the EUT for emission measurements. The height of receiving antenna is 1.50m. Detected emissions were maximized at each frequency by rotating the EUT through 360 and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. The radiated emission measurements of all transmit frequencies in three channels (High, Middle, Low) were measured with peak detector. 2. A log-periodic antenna or double-ridged waveguide horn antenna shall be substituted in place of the EUT. The log-periodic antenna will be driven by a signal generator and the level will be adjusted till the same power value on the spectrum analyzer or receiver. The level of the spurious emissions can be calculated through the level of the signal generator, cable loss, the gain of the substitution antenna and the reading of the spectrum analyzer or receiver. Page 44 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 3. The EUT is then put into continuously transmitting mode at its maximum power level during the test.Set Test Receiver or Spectrum RBW=1MHz,VBW=3MHz, And the maximum value of the receiver should be recorded as (Pr). 4. The EUT shall be replaced by a substitution antenna.In the chamber, an substitution antenna for the frequency band of interest is placed at the reference point of the chamber. An RF Signal source for the frequency band of interest isconnected to the substitution antenna with a cable that has been constructed to not interfere with the radiation pattern of the antenna. A power (PMea) is applied to the input of the substitution antenna, and adjust the level of the signal generator output until the value of the receiver reach the previously recorded (Pr). The power of signal source (PMea) is recorded. The test should be performed by rotating the test item and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. 5. A amplifier should be connected to the Signal Source output port. And the cable should be connect between the Amplifier and the Substitution Antenna. The cable loss (Pcl) ,the Substitution Antenna Gain

(Ga) and the Amplifier Gain (PAg) should be recorded after test. The measurement results are obtained as described below:

Power(EIRP)=PMea- PAg - Pcl+ Ga 6. This value is EIRP since the measurement is calibrated using an antenna of known gain (2.15 dBi) and known input power. 7. ERP can be calculated from EIRP by subtracting the gain of the dipole, ERP = EIRP -2.15dBi. 8. In order to make sure test results more clearly,we set frequency range and sweep time for difference frequency range as follows table:

Working Frequency LTE BAND 5 Subrange

(GHz) 0.03~1 1~20 RBW 100KHz 1 MHz VBW 300KHz 3 MHz Sweep time

(s) 10 2 TEST LIMITS According to 24.238 specify that the power of any emission outside of the authorized operating frequency ranges must be attenuated below the transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 43 + 10 log(P) dB. The specification that emissions shall be attenuated below the transmitter power (P) by at least 43 + 10 log (P) dB, translates in the relevant power range (1 to 0.001 W) to -13 dBm. At 1 W the specified minimum attenuation becomes 43 dB and relative to a 30 dBm (1 W) carrier becomes a limit of -13 dBm. At 0.001 W (0 dBm) the minimum attenuation is 13 dB, which again yields a limit of -13 dBm. In this way a translation of the specification from relative to absolute terms is carried out. Frequency LTE BAND 5 Channel Low Middle High Frequency Range 30MHz -20GHz 30MHz -20GHz 30MHz -20GHz Verdict PASS PASS PASS Radiated Measurement:

Remark:

1. We measured all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE BAND 5;

recorded worst case for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE BAND 5. 2. EIRP=PMea(dBm)-Pcl(dB) +Ga(dBi) 3. Not recorded other points as values lower than limits. 4. Margin = Limit EIRP Remark:

1. We measured all RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5; recorded worst case for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5. 2. EIRP=PMea(dBm)-Pcl(dB) +Ga(dBi) 3. Not recorded other points as values lower than limits. 4. Margin = Limit EIRP Page 45 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 1.4MHz_QPSK_ Low Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-24.36

-29.03

-23.38

-32.24 PMea

(dBm)

-30.94

-36.72

-30.06

-39.93

(MHz) 1649.4 2474.1 1649.4 2474.1 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 1.4MHz_QPSK_ Middle Channel Frequency Ga Diatance

(MHz) 1673.0 2509.5 1673.0 2509.5 PMea

(dBm)

-28.14

-39.53

-30.65

-38.7 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-21.56

-31.84

-23.97

-31.01 LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 1.4MHz_QPSK_ High Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-26.03

-30.07

-23.16

-28.3 PMea

(dBm)

-32.61

-37.76

-29.84

-35.99

(MHz) 1696.6 2544.9 1696.6 2544.9 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 3MHz_QPSK_ Low Channel Frequency Ga Diatance

(MHz) 1651.0 2476.5 1651.0 2476.5 PMea

(dBm)

-30.84

-36.93

-30.1

-39.21 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-24.26

-29.24

-23.42

-31.52 LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 3MHz_QPSK_ Middle Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-22.28

-31.28

-24.49

-31.15 PMea

(dBm)

-28.86

-38.97

-31.17

-38.84

(MHz) 1673.0 2509.5 1673.0 2509.5 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 3MHz_QPSK_ High Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-26.42

-30.14

-23.69

-27.87

(MHz) 1695.0 2542.5 1695.0 2542.5 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 PMea

(dBm)

-33 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00

-37.83

-30.37

-35.56 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_QPSK_ Low Channel Frequency Ga Diatance PMea

(dBm)

-30.39

-37.24

-30.72

-39.19 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-23.81

-29.55

-24.04

-31.5

(MHz) 1653.0 2479.5 1653.0 2479.5 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Margin

(dB) 11.36 16.03 10.38 19.24 Margin

(dB) 8.56 18.84 10.97 18.01 Margin

(dB) 13.03 17.07 10.16 15.3 Margin

(dB) 11.26 16.24 10.42 18.52 Margin

(dB) 9.28 18.28 11.49 18.15 Margin

(dB) 13.42 17.14 10.69 14.87 Margin

(dB) 10.81 16.55 11.04 18.5 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Page 46 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_QPSK_ Middle Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-22.38

-31.33

-24.17

-30.77 PMea

(dBm)

-28.96

-39.02

-30.85

-38.46

(MHz) 1673.0 2509.5 1673.0 2509.5 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_QPSK_ High Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-25.65

-29.69

-23.64

-28.41 PMea

(dBm)

-32.23

-37.38

-30.32

-36.1

(MHz) 1693.0 2539.5 1693.0 2539.5 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_QPSK_ Low Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-23.92

-29.57

-23.12

-31.77 PMea

(dBm)

-30.5

-37.26

-29.8

-39.46

(MHz) 1658.0 2487.0 1658.0 2487.0 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_QPSK_ Middle Channel Frequency Ga Diatance

(MHz) 1673.0 2509.5 1673.0 2509.5 PMea

(dBm)

-28.82

-38.96

-31

-38.37 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-22.24

-31.27

-24.32

-30.68 LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_QPSK_ High Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-25.63

-30.49

-24.02

-27.66 PMea

(dBm)

-32.21

-38.18

-30.7

-35.35

(MHz) 1688.0 2532.0 1688.0 2532.0 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 1.4MHz_16QAM _ Low Channel Frequency Ga PMea

(dBm)

-30.76

-37.55

-29.77

-39.45 PMea

(dBm)

-28.64

-39.9

-30.38

-38.44 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Diatance Antenna Gain(dB) 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-24.18

-29.86

-23.09

-31.76 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-22.06

-32.21

-23.7

-30.75 LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 1.4MHz_16QAM _ Middle Channel Frequency Ga

(MHz) 1649.4 2474.1 1649.4 2474.1

(MHz) 1673.0 2509.5 1673.0 2509.5 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Margin

(dB) 9.38 18.33 11.17 17.77 Margin

(dB) 12.65 16.69 10.64 15.41 Margin

(dB) 10.92 16.57 10.12 18.77 Margin

(dB) 9.24 18.27 11.32 17.68 Margin

(dB) 12.63 17.49 11.02 14.66 Margin

(dB) 11.18 16.86 10.09 18.76 Margin

(dB) 9.06 19.21 10.7 17.75 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Page 47 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 1.4MHz_16QAM _ High Channel Frequency Ga

(MHz) 1696.6 2544.9 1696.6 2544.9 PMea

(dBm)

-32.77

-37.94

-30.02

-36.08 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Diatance Antenna Gain(dB) 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-26.19

-30.25

-23.34

-28.39 LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 3MHz_16QAM _ Low Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-23.84

-29.26

-23.13

-31.87 PMea

(dBm)

-30.42

-36.95

-29.81

-39.56

(MHz) 1651.0 2476.5 1651.0 2476.5 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 3MHz_16QAM _ Middle Channel Frequency Ga Diatance

(MHz) 1673.0 2509.5 1673.0 2509.5 PMea

(dBm)

-28.46

-39.34

-30.55

-38.36 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-21.88

-31.65

-23.87

-30.67 LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 3MHz_16QAM _ High Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-26.1

-30.56

-23.31

-27.65 PMea

(dBm)

-32.68

-38.25

-29.99

-35.34

(MHz) 1695.0 2542.5 1695.0 2542.5 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_16QAM _ Low Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-23.5

-28.9

-23.6

-31.67 PMea

(dBm)

-30.08

-36.59

-30.28

-39.36

(MHz) 1653.0 2479.5 1653.0 2479.5 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_16QAM _ Middle Channel Frequency Ga

(MHz) 1673.0 2509.5 1673.0 2509.5 PMea

(dBm)

-28.31

-38.99

-30.89

-38.32 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-21.73

-31.3

-24.21

-30.63 LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 5MHz_16QAM _ High Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-25.91

-29.68

-23.55

-28.17 PMea

(dBm)

-32.49

-37.37

-30.23

-35.86

(MHz) 1693.0 2539.5 1693.0 2539.5 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Margin

(dB) 13.19 17.25 10.34 15.39 Margin

(dB) 10.84 16.26 10.13 18.87 Margin

(dB) 8.88 18.65 10.87 17.67 Margin

(dB) 13.1 17.56 10.31 14.65 Margin

(dB) 10.5 15.9 10.6 18.67 Margin

(dB) 8.73 18.3 11.21 17.63 Margin

(dB) 12.91 16.68 10.55 15.17 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Page 48 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_16QAM _ Low Channel Peak Frequency EIRP

(dBm)

-23.87

-29.58

-23.22

-31.49 PMea

(dBm)

-30.45

-37.27

-29.9

-39.18

(MHz) 1658.0 2487.0 1658.0 2487.0 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) Diatance Ga LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_16QAM _ Middle Channel Frequency Ga

(MHz) 1673.0 2509.5 1673.0 2509.5

(MHz) 1688.0 2532.0 1688.0 2532.0 PMea

(dBm)

-28.4

-39.62

-30.65

-38.74 PMea

(dBm)

-32.43

-37.7

-29.83

-36.23 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-21.82

-31.93

-23.97

-31.05 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-25.85

-30.01

-23.15

-28.54 LTE FDD Band 5_Channel Bandwidth 10MHz_16QAM _ High Channel Frequency Ga Diatance Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Margin

(dB) 10.87 16.58 10.22 18.49 Margin

(dB) 8.82 18.93 10.97 18.05 Margin

(dB) 12.85 17.01 10.15 15.54 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Page 49 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 4.7 Frequency Stability LIMIT According to 24.235, 2.1055 requirement, the frequency stability shall be sufficient to ensure that the fundamental emissions stay within the authorized bands of operation and should not exceed 2.5ppm. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE The EUT was setup according to EIA/TIA 603D Frequency Stability Under Temperature Variations:

In order to measure the carrier frequency under the condition of AFC lock, it is necessary to make measurements with the EUT in a call mode. This is accomplished with the use of R&S CMW500 DIGITAL RADIO COMMUNICATION TESTER. 1. Measure the carrier frequency at room temperature. 2. Subject the EUT to overnight soak at -30. 3. With the EUT, powered via nominal voltage, connected to the CMW500 and in a simulated call on middle channel for LTE Band 5, measure the carrier frequency. These measurements should be made within 2 minutes of Powering up the EUT, to prevent significant self-warming. 4. Repeat the above measurements at 10 increments from -30 to +50. Allow at least 1.5 hours at each temperature, unpowered, before making measurements. 5. Re-measure carrier frequency at room temperature with nominal voltage. Vary supply voltage from minimum voltage to maximum voltage, in 0.1Volt increments re-measuring carrier frequency at each voltage. Pause at nominal voltage for 1.5 hours unpowered, to allow any self-heating to stabilize, before continuing. 6. Subject the EUT to overnight soak at +50. 7. With the EUT, powered via nominal voltage, connected to the CMW500 and in a simulated call on the centre channel, measure the carrier frequency. These measurements should be made within 2 minutes of Powering up the EUT, to prevent significant self-warming. 8. Repeat the above measurements at 10 increments from +50 to -30. Allow at least 1.5 hours at each temperature, unpowered, before making measurements 9. At all temperature levels hold the temperature to +/- 0.5 during the measurement procedure. Frequency Stability Under Voltage Variations:

Set chamber temperature to 20. Use a variable AC power supply / DC power source to power the EUT and set the voltage to rated voltage. Set the spectrum analyzer RBW low enough to obtain the desired frequency resolution and recorded the frequency. Reduce the input voltage to specify extreme voltage variation (15%) and endpoint, recordthe maximum frequency change. TEST RESULTS Remark:

Page 50 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 1. We testedall RB Configuration refer 3GPP TS136 521 for each Channel Bandwidth of LTE FDD Band 5;

recorded worst case. LTE Band 5, 1.4MHz bandwidth , QPSK (worst case of all bandwidths) DC Power 3.40 3.60 4.20 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 Temperature

() 20 20 20

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 LTE FDD Band 5 Frequency error(Hz) 28 35 17 26 17 20 28 21 18 27 19 25 Frequency error(ppm) 0.0156 0.0177 0.0089 0.0179 0.0095 0.0187 0.0190 0.0122 0.0078 0.0135 0.0177 0.0156 Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS LTE Band 5, 1.4MHz bandwidth , 16QAM (worst case of all bandwidths) Page 51 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E DC Power 3.40 3.60 4.20 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 Temperature

() 20 20 20

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 LTE FDD Band 5 Frequency error(Hz) Frequency error(ppm) 38 47 52 61 37 42 39 25 29 35 27 22 0.0236 0.0235 0.0245 0.0355 0.0149 0.0224 0.0212 0.0158 0.0145 0.0175 0.0145 0.0127 Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Page 52 of 52 Report No.: HK1907111626-3E 5 T e s t S e t u p P h o t o s o f t h e E U T

**********************End of Report**********************

 

 

Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Report No.: HK1907111626-6E Report Reference No.:

FCC ID :

Compiled by TEST REPORT FCC Part 22 /Part 24 HK1907111626-6E ZNFX210LMW

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

File administrators Gary Qian Supervised by

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

Technique principal Eden Hu Approved by

( position+printed name+signature) .. :

Manager Jason Zhou Date of issue ..................................... : July 15, 2019 Testing Laboratory Name .............. : Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Address ............................................ :

1F, B2 Building, Junfeng Zhongcheng Zhizao Innovation Park,Heping Community, Fuhai Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen, China Applicants name ............................ : LG Electronics USA, Inc. Address ............................................ : 1000 Sylvan Ave., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632, United Test specification ...........................:

States Standard ..........................................:

FCC Part 22: PUBLIC MOBILE SERVICES FCC Part 24: PERSONAL COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd.All rights reserved. This publication may be reproduced in whole or in part for non-commercial purposes as long as the Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd.as copyright owner and source of the material. Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd.takess no responsibility for and will not assume liability for damages resulting from the reader's interpretation of the reproduced material due to its placement and context. Test item description .....................: 4G Mobile phone Trade Mark ....................................... : LG Manufacturer ................................... : Optiemus Electronics Ltd. Model/Type reference....................... : LM-X210LMW Listed Models .................................. : /

Ratings ............................................. : DC 3.85V From Battery Modulation ....................................... : QPSK Hardware version ............................. : V2.0 Software version .............................. : V2.0 Frequency .......................................... UMTS Band II, UMTS Band V Result................................................ : PASS Page 2 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E T E S T R E P O R T Test Report No. :

HK1907111626-6E ______________________________________________________________________________________________ July 15, 2019 Date of issue

:

:

:

:

:

:

:

Equipment under Test Model /Type Listed Models Applicant Address Manufacturer Address Test Result:

4G Mobile phone LM-X210LMW

/

LG Electronics USA, Inc. 1000 Sylvan Ave., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey 07632, United States OPTIEMUS ELECTRONICS LIMITED D-348, Sector-63, Noida, Uttar Pradesh, Pin Code-

201307 PASS The test report merely corresponds to the test sample. It is not permitted to copy extracts of these test result without the written permission of the test laboratory. Revision V1.0 Page 3 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E Revison History Issue Date 2019-07-15 Revisions Initial Issue Revised By James Zhou Page 4 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E Contents 1 T E S T S T A N D A R D S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2 S U M M A R Y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 General Remarks Product Description Equipment under Test Short description of the Equipment under Test (EUT) EUT configuration Related Submittal(s) / Grant (s) General Test Conditions/Configurations Modifications 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 3 T E S T E N V I R O N M E N T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 Address of the test laboratory Environmental conditions Test Description Equipments Used during the Test 8 8 8 10 4 T E S T C O N D I T I O N S A N D R E S U L T S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 4.6 4.7 Output Power Radiated Spurious Emssion Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwith Band Edge Compliance Spurious Emssion on Antenna Port Frequency Stability Test Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) 11 15 18 20 22 27 29 5 T E S T S E T U P P H O T O S O F T H E E U T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Page 5 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 1 T E S T S T A N D A R D S The tests were performed according to following standards:

FCC Part 2: FREQUENCY ALLOCA-TIONS AND RADIO TREATY MAT-TERS; GENERAL RULES AND REG-ULATIONS FCC Part 22 Subpart H: PRIVATE LAND MOBILE RADIO SERVICES. FCC Part 24 Subpart E: PUBLIC MOBILE SERVICES ANSI/TIA-603-E-2016: Land Mobile FM or PM Communications Equipment Measurement and Performance Standards. ANSI C63.26-2015: IEEE/ANSI Standard for Compliance Testing of Transmitters Used in Licensed Radio Services FCCKDB971168D01 Power Meas License Digital Systems 2 S U M M A R Y 2.1 General Remarks Date of receipt of test sample Testing commenced on Testing concluded on 2.2 Product Description Page 6 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E

:

:

:

Jun 24, 2019 Jun 25, 2019 July 15, 2019 The MOVEON TECHNOLOGY LIMITEDs Model: LM-X210LMW or the EUT as referred to in this report;

more general information as follows, for more details, refer to the users manual of the EUT. 4G Mobile phone LM-X210LMW QPSK for UMTS, Internal Antenna Name of EUT Model Number Modilation Type Antenna Type UMTS Operation Frequency Band Device supported UMTS FDD Band II, FDD Band V HSDPA Release Version HSUPA Release Version DC-HSUPA Release Version WCDMA Release Version Extreme temp. Tolerance Extreme vol. Limits Release 10 Release 6 Not Supported R99

-30C to +50C 3.40VDC to 4.20VDC (nominal: 3.85VDC) 2.3 Equipment under Test Power supply system utilised Power supply voltage Test Mode TX/RX WCDMA850 TX RX Test Mode TX/RX WCDMA1900 TX RX

: 120V / 60 Hz 12 V DC Other (specified in blank below) 115V / 60Hz 24 V DC DC 3.85V From Battery Low(L) Channel 4132 826.4 MHz Channel 4357 871.4 MHz Low(L) Channel 9262 1852.4 MHz Channel 9662 1932.4 MHz RF Channel Middle (M) Channel 4182 836.4 MHz Channel 4407 881.4 MHz RF Channel Middle (M) Channel 9400 1880.0 MHz Channel 9800 1960.0 MHz High (H) Channel 4233 846.6 MHz Channel 4458 891.6 MHz High (H) Channel 9538 1907.6 MHz Channel 9938 1987.6 MHz Page 7 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 2.4 Short description of the Equipment under Test (EUT) 2.4.1 General Description This is a 4G Mobile phone . For more details, refer to the users manual of the EUT 2.5 EUT configuration The following peripheral devices and interface cables were connected during the measurement:

- supplied by the manufacturer

- supplied by the lab

/

M/N : /

Manufacturer: /

2.6 Related Submittal(s) / Grant (s) This submittal(s) (test report) is intended for FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW filing to comply with FCC Part 22 and Part 24 Rules. 2.7 General Test Conditions/Configurations 2.7.1 Test Modes NOTE: The test mode(s) are selected according to relevant radio technology specifications. Test Mode UMTS/TM1 UMTS/TM2 UMTS/TM3 Note:

1. As WCDMA, HSDPA and HSUPA with the same emission designator, test result recorded in this report at Test Modes Description WCDMA system, QPSK modulation HSDPA system, QPSK modulation HSUPA system, QPSK modulation the worst case UMTS/TM1 only after exploratory scan. 2.7.2 Test Environment Environment Parameter Relative Humidity Temperature Voltage Selected Values During Tests Ambient TN VL VN VH Ambient 3.465V 3.85V 4.235V NOTE: VL=lower extreme test voltage VN=nominal voltage VH=upper extreme test voltage TN=normal temperature 2.8 Modifications No modifications were implemented to meet testing criteria. Page 8 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 3 T E S T E N V I R O N M E N T 3.1 Address of the test laboratory Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. Add.:1F, B2 Building, Junfeng Zhongcheng Zhizao Innovation Park,Heping Community, Fuhai Street, Baoan District, Shenzhen, China 3.2 Environmental conditions During the measurement the environmental conditions were within the listed ranges:

Temperature:

Humidity:

Atmospheric pressure:

15-35 C 30-60 %

950-1050mbar

(1) expressed at approximately the 95% confidence level using a coverage factor of k=1.96. 3.3 Test Description 3.3.1 Cellular Band (824-849MHz paired with 869-894MHz) Test Item Effective(Isotropic) Radiated Output Power Bandwidth Band Edges Compliance Spurious Emission at Antenna Terminals Field Strength of Spurious Radiation Frequency Stability FCC Rule No. Part2.1046, Part22.913 Part2.1049 Part2.1051, Part22.917 Part2.1051, Part22.917 Part2.1053, Part22.917 Part2.1055, Part22.355 Requirements Verdict FCC: ERP 7W. IC11.5W. OBW: No limit. EBW: No limit.

-13dBm/1%*EBW, in 1MHz bands immediately outside and adjacent to The frequency block. FCC/IC: -13dBm/100kHz, Pass Pass Pass from 9kHz to 10th harmonics but outside authorized Pass operating frequency ranges. FCC/IC: -13dBm/100kHz. FCC/IC: 2.5ppm. Pass Pass NOTE 1: For the verdict, the N/A denotes not applicable, the N/T de notes not tested. Page 9 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 3.3.2 PCS Band (1850-1915MHz paired with 1930-1995MHz) Test Item FCC/IC Rule No. Effective(Isotropic) Radiated Output Part2.1046, Part24.232 Power Peak-Average Ratio Bandwidth Band Edges Compliance Spurious Emission at Antenna Terminals Field Strength of Spurious Radiation Frequency Stability Part2.1046, Part24.232 Part2.1049 Part2.1051, Part24.238 Part2.1051, Part24.238 Part2.1053, Part24.238 Part2.1055, Part24.235 Requirements EIRP 2W FCC:Limit13dB OBW: No limit. EBW: No limit.

-13dBm/1%*EBW, Verdict Pass Pass Pass In 1MHz bands immediately outside and adjacent to Pass The frequency block.

-13dBm/1MHz, from 9kHz to10th harmonics but outside authorized Pass Operating frequency ranges.

-13dBm/1MHz. FCC: within authorized frequency block. Pass Pass NOTE 1: For the verdict, the N/A denotes not applicable, the N/T de notes not tested. Page 10 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 3.4 Equipments Used during the Test Test Equipment Manufacturer Model No. Serial No. Calibration Date R&S R&S R&S R&S Agilent ENV216 ENV216 ESCI 7 FSP40 N9020A HKE-059 HKE-002 HKE-010 HKE-025 HKE-048 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 Calibration Due Date 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 LISN LISN Receiver Spectrum analyzer Spectrum analyzer RF automatic control unit Tonscend JS0806-1 HKE-060 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 Loop antenna Schwarzbeck FMZB 1519 B HKE-014 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 Bilog Broadband Antenna Horn antenna High gain antenna Preamplifier Preamplifier Preamplifier Temperature and humidity meter High-low temperature chamber Schwarzbeck VULB9163 HKE-012 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 Schwarzbeck Schwarzbeck EMCI Agilent 9120D LB-180400KF EMC051845SE 83051A Schwarzbeck BBV 9743 HKE-013 HKE-054 HKE-015 HKE-016 HKE-006 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 Boyang HTC-1 HKE-075 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 Guangke HT-80L HKE-118 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 High pass filter unit Tonscend JS0806-F HKE-055 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 Times 9kHz-1GHz HKE-117 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 RF Cable(below1GHz) RF Cable(above 1GHz) Power meter Power Sensor Conducted test software Radiated test software Times Agilent Agilent Tonscend Tonscend RF test software Tonscend RF test software RF test software RF test software Wireless Tonscend Tonscend Tonscend 1-40G HKE-034 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 E4419B E9300A TS+ Rev 2.5.0.0 TS+ Rev 2.5.0.0 JS1120-B Version 2.6 JS1120-4 JS1120-3 JS1120-1 HKE-085 HKE-086 HKE-081 HKE-082 HKE-083 HKE-113 HKE-114 HKE-115 2018/12/27 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 2019/12/26 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A Communication Test R&S CMW500 HKE-026 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 Set Wireless Communication Test R&S CMU200 HKE-029 2018/12/27 2019/12/26 Set Note: 1. The Cal.Interval was one year. Page 11 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 4 T E S T C O N D I T I O N S A N D R E S U L T S 4.1 Output Power TEST APPLICABLE During the process of testing, the EUT was controlled via R&S Digital Radio Communication tester (CMU200) to ensure max power transmission and proper modulation. This result contains output power and EIRP measurements for the EUT. In all cases, output power is within the specified limits. 4.1.1 Conducted Output Power TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE Conducted Power Measurement:

a) Place the EUT on a bench and set it in transmitting mode. b) Connect a low loss RF cable from the antenna port to a CMU200 by an Att. c) EUT Communicate with CMU200 then selects a channel for testing. d) Add a correction factor to the display CMU200, and then test. TEST RESULTS Test Mode Test Channel Page 12 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E Burst Average Conducted power

(dBm) UMTS Band V UMTS Band II LCH MCH HCH LCH_SubTest-1 LCH_SubTest-2 LCH_SubTest-3 LCH_SubTest-4 MCH_SubTest-1 MCH_SubTest-2 MCH_SubTest-3 MCH_SubTest-4 HCH_SubTest-1 HCH_SubTest-2 HCH_SubTest-3 HCH_SubTest-4 LCH_SubTest-1 LCH_SubTest-2 LCH_SubTest-3 LCH_SubTest-4 LCH_SubTest-5 MCH_SubTest-1 MCH_SubTest-2 MCH_SubTest-3 MCH_SubTest-4 MCH_SubTest-5 HCH_SubTest-1 HCH_SubTest-2 HCH_SubTest-3 HCH_SubTest-4 HCH_SubTest-5 UMTS/TM1 UMTS/TM2 UMTS/TM3 22.50 22.32 22.62 22.13 22.18 22.06 20.93 22.24 21.41 21.49 21.63 22.42 22.33 22.37 21.49 20.75 20.36 21.19 20.30 19.81 21.23 20.21 21.14 19.89 21.25 20.18 20.46 20.73 20.16 21.22 22.30 22.68 22.34 22.06 21.94 22.23 21.28 22.38 21.66 21.53 21.76 22.07 21.94 22.45 21.17 20.04 20.25 20.99 19.99 20.20 21.55 20.33 21.37 20.42 21.66 20.39 20.36 20.21 20.14 21.04 Page 13 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 4.1.2 Radiated Output Power TEST DESCRIPTION This is the test for the maximum radiated power from the EUT.

"Mobile/portable stations are limited to 2 watts e.i.r.p. Peak power" and specifies that "Peak transmit power must be measured over any interval of continuous transmission using instrumentation calibrated in terms of an rms-equivalent voltage. The ERP of mobile transmitters and auxiliary test transmitters must not exceed 7 Watts. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. EUT was placed on a 0.8 meter high non-conductive stand at a 3 meter test distance from the receive antenna. A receiving antenna was placed on the antenna mast 3 meters from the EUT for emission measurements. The height of receiving antenna is 1.50m. Detected emissions were maximized at each frequency by rotating the EUT through 360 and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. The radiated emission measurements of all transmit frequencies in three channels (High, Middle, Low) were measured with peak detector. 2. A log-periodic antenna or double-ridged waveguide horn antenna shall be substituted in place of the EUT. The log-periodic antenna will be driven by a signal generator and the level will be adjusted till the same power value on the spectrum analyzer or receiver. The level of the spurious emissions can be calculated through the level of the signal generator, cable loss, the gain of the substitution antenna and the reading of the spectrum analyzer or receiver. 3. The EUT is then put into continuously transmitting mode at its maximum power level during the test.Set Test Receiver or Spectrum RBW=10MHz,VBW=10MHz, And the maximum value of the receiver should be recorded as (Pr). 4. The EUT shall be replaced by a substitution antenna. In the chamber, an substitution antenna for the frequency band of interest is placed at the reference point of the chamber. An RF Signal source for the frequency band of interest is connected to the substitution antenna with a cable that has been constructed to not interfere with the radiation pattern of the antenna. A power (PMea) is applied to the input of the substitution antenna, and adjust the level of the signal generator output until the value of the receiver Page 14 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E reach the previously recorded (Pr). The power of signal source (PMea) is recorded. The test should be performed by rotating the test item and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. 5. A amplifier should be connected to the Signal Source output port. And the cable should be connect between the Amplifier and the Substitution Antenna. The cable loss (Pcl) ,the Substitution Antenna Gain

(Ga) and the Amplifier Gain (PAg) should be recorded after test. The measurement results are obtained as described below:

Power(EIRP)=PMea- PAg - Pcl + Ga We used SMF100A micowave signal generator which signal level can up to 33dBm,so we not used power Amplifier for substituation test; The measurement results are amend as described below:

Power(EIRP)=PMea- Pcl + Ga 6. This value is EIRP since the measurement is calibrated using an antenna of known gain (2.15 dBi) and known input power. 7. ERP can be calculated from EIRP by subtracting the gain of the dipole, ERP = EIRP-2.15dBi. TEST LIMIT According to 22.913(a), 24.232(c) the ERP(EIRP) should be not exceeding following table limits:

UMTS Band V UMTS Band IV UMTS Band II Burst Average ERP 38.45dBm (7W) Burst Average ERP 30dBm (1W) Burst Average ERP 33dBm (2W) TEST RESULTS Remark:

1. We were tested all Configuration refer 3GPP TS134 121. 2. EIRP=PMea(dBm)-Pcl(dB)+PAg(dB)+Ga(dBi) 3. ERP = EIRP 2.15dBi as EIRP by subtracting the gain of the dipole. 4. Note: We test the H direction and V direction, V direction is worse. UMTS/TM1/UMTS Band II Pcl

(dB) 3.41 3.49 3.55 Ga Antenna Gain

(dB) 10.24 10.24 10.23 PAg

(dB) 33.6 33.6 33.6 EIRP

(dBm) Limit

(dBm) Margin

(dB) Polarization 20.98 20.9 20.35 33.01 33.01 33.01 12.03 12.11 12.66 V V V Frequency

(MHz) PMea

(dBm) 1852.4 1880.0 1907.6

-19.45

-19.45

-19.93 UMTS/TM1/UMTS Band V Frequency

(MHz) 826.40 836.60 846.60 PMea

(dBm)

-14.17

-15.33

-12.9 Pcl

(dB) 2.42 2.46 2.53 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 8.45 8.45 8.36 Correction

(dB) 2.15 2.15 2.15 PAg

(dB) 36.82 36.82 36.82 ERP

(dBm) Limit

(dBm) Margin

(dB) Polarization 26.53 25.33 27.6 38.45 38.45 38.45 11.92 13.12 10.85 V V V 4.2 Radiated Spurious Emssion Page 15 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E TEST APPLICABLE According to the TIA/EIA 603D:2010 test method, The Receiver or Spectrum was scanned from 9 KHz to the 10th harmonic of the highest frequency generated within the equipment, which is the transmitted carrier that can be as high as 1910 MHz The resolution bandwidth is set as outlined in TIA/EIA 603D:2010. The spectrum is scanned with the mobile station transmitting at carrier frequencies that pertain to low, mid and high channels of WCDMA Band II , WCDMA Band V., WCDMA Band IV TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. EUT was placed on a 1.50 meter high non-conductive stand at a 3 meter test distance from the receive antenna. A receiving antenna was placed on the antenna mast 3 meters from the EUT for emission measurements. The height of receiving antenna is 1.50m. Detected emissions were maximized at each frequency by rotating the EUT through 360 and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. The radiated emission measurements of all transmit frequencies in three channels (High, Middle, Low) were measured with peak detector. 2. A log-periodic antenna or double-ridged waveguide horn antenna shall be substituted in place of the EUT. The log-periodic antenna will be driven by a signal generator and the level will be adjusted till the same power value on the spectrum analyzer or receiver. The level of the spurious emissions can be calculated through the level of the signal generator, cable loss, the gain of the substitution antenna and the reading of the spectrum analyzer or receiver. Page 16 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 3. The EUT is then put into continuously transmitting mode at its maximum power level during the test.Set Test Receiver or Spectrum RBW=1MHz,VBW=3MHz, And the maximum value of the receiver should be recorded as (Pr). 4. The EUT shall be replaced by a substitution antenna. In the chamber, an substitution antenna for the frequency band of interest is placed at the reference point of the chamber. An RF Signal source for the frequency band of interest is connected to the substitution antenna with a cable that has been constructed to not interfere with the radiation pattern of the antenna. A power (PMea) is applied to the input of the substitution antenna, and adjust the level of the signal generator output until the value of the receiver reach the previously recorded (Pr). The power of signal source (PMea) is recorded. The test should be performed by rotating the test item and adjusting the receiving antenna polarization. 5. A amplifier should be connected to the Signal Source output port. And the cable should be connect between the Amplifier and the Substitution Antenna. The cable loss (Pcl) ,the Substitution Antenna Gain

(Ga) and the Amplifier Gain (PAg) should be recorded after test. The measurement results are obtained as described below:

Power(EIRP)=PMea- PAg - Pcl + Ga 6. This value is EIRP since the measurement is calibrated using an antenna of known gain (2.15 dBi) and known input power. 7. ERP can be calculated from EIRP by subtracting the gain of the dipole, ERP = EIRP -2.15dBi. 8. In order to make sure test results more clearly,we set frequency range and sweep time for difference frequency range as follows table:

Working Frequency UMTS/TM1/

WCDMA Band V UMTS/TM1/

WCDMA Band II Subrange

(GHz) 0.00009~0.15 0.00015~0.03 0.03~1 1~2 2~5 5~8 8~10 0.00009~0.15 0.00015~0.03 0.03~1 1~2 2~5 5~8 8~11 11~14 14~18 18~20 RBW 1KHz 10KHz 100KHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1KHz 10KHz 100KHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz 1 MHz VBW 3KHz 30KHz 300KHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3KHz 30KHz 300KHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz 3 MHz Sweep time

(s) 30 10 10 2 3 3 3 30 10 10 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 TEST LIMITS that the power of any emission outside of the authorized operating frequency ranges must be attenuated below the transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 43 + 10 log(P) dB. The specification that emissions shall be attenuated below the transmitter power (P) by at least 43 + 10 log

(P) dB, translates in the relevant power range (1 to 0.001 W) to -13 dBm. At 1 W the specified minimum attenuation becomes 43 dB and relative to a 30 dBm (1 W) carrier becomes a limit of -13 dBm. At 0.001 W (0 dBm) the minimum attenuation is 13 dB, which again yields a limit of -13 dBm. In this way a translation of the specification from relative to absolute terms is carried out. Frequency Channel Frequency Range UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band V UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band II Low Middle High Low Middle High 9KHz-10GHz 9KHz -10GHz 9KHz -10GHz 9KHz -20GHz 9KHz -20GHz 9KHz -20GHz Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Page 17 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E TEST RESULTS Remark:

1. We were tested all Configuration refer 3GPP TS134 121. 2. EIRP=PMea(dBm)-Pcl(dB)+PAg(dB)+Ga(dBi) 3. ERP = EIRP 2.15dBi as EIRP by subtracting the gain of the dipole. 5. Margin = Limit Emission Level 6. We test both H direction and V direction, recorded worst case direction. UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band II _ Low Channel Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.52 12.34 13.52 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 12.34 13.58 12.34 13.58 Ga Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Ga Antenna Gain(dB) 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Ga Frequency

(MHz) 3704.8 5557.2 3704.8 5557.2 PMea

(dBm)

-41.91

-44.8

-39.17

-46.08 Pcl

(dB) 4.39 5.31 4.39 5.31 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band II _ Middle Channel Frequency

(MHz) 3760.0 5640.0 3760.0 5640.0 PMea

(dBm)

-40.73

-46.32

-39.49

-45.58 Pcl

(dB) 4.41 5.38 4.41 5.38 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band II _ High Channel Frequency

(MHz) 3815.2 5722.8 3815.2 5722.8 PMea

(dBm)

-39.62

-46.89

-39.84

-45.58 Pcl

(dB) 4.45 5.47 4.45 5.48 Diatance Antenna Gain(dB) 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 12.45 13.66 12.45 13.66 UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band V _ Low Channel Frequency

(MHz) 1652.8 2479.2 1652.8 2479.2 PMea

(dBm)

-30.56

-36.61

-30.62

-39.61 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band V _ Middle Channel Frequency

(MHz) 1672.8 2509.2 1672.8 2509.2 PMea

(dBm)

-28.4

-39.83

-31.06

-38.05 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Diatance 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band V _ High Channel Frequency

(MHz) 1693.2 2539.8 1693.2 2539.8 PMea

(dBm)

-32.66

-37.39

-30.77

-36.04 Pcl

(dB) 3.00 3.03 3.00 3.03 Diatance Antenna Gain(dB) 3.00 3.00 3.00 3.00 9.58 10.72 9.68 10.72 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-33.96

-36.59

-31.22

-37.87 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-32.8

-38.12

-31.56

-37.38 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-31.62

-38.7

-31.84

-37.4 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-23.98

-28.92

-23.94

-31.92 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-21.82

-32.14

-24.38

-30.36 Peak EIRP

(dBm)

-26.08

-29.7

-24.09

-28.35 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Limit

(dBm)

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00

-13.00 Margin

(dB) 20.96 23.59 18.22 24.87 Margin

(dB) 19.8 25.12 18.56 24.38 Margin

(dB) 18.62 25.7 18.84 24.4 Margin

(dB) 10.98 15.92 10.94 18.92 Margin

(dB) 8.82 19.14 11.38 17.36 Margin

(dB) 13.08 16.7 11.09 15.35 Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Polarization H H V V Page 18 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 4.3 Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwith TEST APPLICABLE Similar to conducted emissions; occupied bandwidth measurements are only provided for selected frequencies in order to reduce the amount of submitted data. Data were taken at the extreme and mid frequencies of WCDMA Band II , WCDMA band V, WCDMA band IV. The table below lists the measured 99%

Bandwidth and -26dBc Bandwidth. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. The EUT was set up for the max output power with pseudo random data modulation;

2. Set RBW=100KHz,VBW=300KHz,Span=10MHz, SWT=Auto;

3. Set SPA Max hold and View, Set 99% Occupied Bandwidth/ Set -26dBc Occupied Bandwidth 4. These measurements were done at 3 frequencies for WCDMA band II /V. (low, middle and high of Occupied Bandwidth Emission Bandwidth

(99% BW)

(-26 dBc BW) Verdict

( MHz) 4.1665 4.1385 4.1464 4.1535 4.1621 4.1539

( MHz) 4.682 4.675 4.676 4.684 4.681 4.698 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS operational frequency range). TEST RESULTS Test Mode Channel UMTS/TM1/

WCDMA Band V UMTS/TM1/

WCDMA Band II 4132 4183 4233 9262 9400 9538 Frequency

(MHz) 826.40 836.40 846.60 1852.4 1880.0 1907.6 Remark:

1. Test results including cable loss;

2. please refer to following plots;

Page 19 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band V UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band II Occupied Bandwidth and Emission Bandwidth Channel 4132 / 826.4 MHz Channel 4183 / 836.4 MHz Channel 9262 / 1852.4 MHz Channel 9400 / 1880.0 MHz Channel 4233 / 846.6 MHz Channel 9538 / 1907.6 MHz 4.4 Band Edge Compliance Page 20 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E TEST APPLICABLE During the process of testing, the EUT was controlled via Aglient Digital Radio Communication tester

(CMU200) to ensure max power transmission and proper modulation. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. The EUT was set up for the max output power with pseudo random data modulation;

2. Set RBW=51KHz,VBW=200KHz,Span=2MHz ,Dector: RMS;

3. These measurements were done at 2 frequencies (low and high of operational frequency range). TEST RESULTS UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band V Frequency Band Edg Compliance

(MHz) 826.4 846.6

(dBm)

<-13dBm

<-13dBm UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band II Frequency Band Edg Compliance

(MHz) 1852.4 1907.6

(dBm)

<-13dBm

<-13dBm Limits

(dBm)

-13dBm

-13dBm Limits

(dBm)

-13dBm

-13dBm Verdict PASS Verdict PASS Test Mode Channel UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band V 4132 4233 Test Mode Channel UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band II 9262 9538 Remark:

1. Test results including cable loss;

2. please refer to following plots;

Page 21 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band V UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band II Band-edge Compliance Channel 4132 / 826.4 MHz Channel 9262 / 1852.4 MHz Channel 4233 / 846.6 MHz Channel 9538 / 1907.6 MHz Page 22 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 4.5 Spurious Emssion on Antenna Port TEST APPLICABLE The following steps outline the procedure used to measure the conducted emissions from the EUT. 1. Determine frequency range for measurements: the spectrum should be investigated from the lowest radio frequency generated in the equipment up to at least the 10th harmonic of the carrier frequency. For the equipment of WCDMA band II data taken from 9 KHz to 20 GHz. For WCDMA Band V, data taken from 9 KHz to 9 GHz. WCDMA band I V data taken from 9 KHz to 20 GHz. 2. The sweep time is set automatically by instrument itself. That should be the optimal sweep time for the span and the RBW. If the sweep time is too short, that is sweep is too fast, the sweep result is not accurate; if the sweep time is too long, that is sweep is too low, some frequency components may be lost. The instrument will give an optimal sweep time according the selected span and RBW. 3. The procedure to get the conducted spurious emission is as follows:

The trace mode is set to MaxHold to get the highest signal at each frequency;

Wait 25 seconds; Get the result. 4. Determine EUT transmit frequencies: below outlines the band edge frequencies pertinent to conducted emissions testing. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. The EUT was set up for the max output power with pseudo random data modulation;

2. These measurements were done at 3 frequencies (low, middle and high of operational frequency range) of each band. TEST LIMIT the power of any emission outside of the authorized operating frequency ranges must be attenuated below the transmitting power (P) by a factor of at least 43 + 10 log(P) dB. The specification that emissions shall be attenuated below the transmitter power (P) by at least 43 + 10 log

(P) dB, translates in the relevant power range (1 to 0.001 W) to -13 dBm. At 1 W the specified minimum attenuation becomes 43 dB and relative to a 30 dBm (1 W) carrier becomes a limit of -13 dBm. At 0.001 W (0 dBm) the minimum attenuation is 13 dB, which again yields a limit of -13 dBm. In this way a translation of the specification from relative to absolute terms is carried out. TEST RESULTS Test Mode Channel UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band V UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band II 4132 4183 4233 9262 9400 9538 Frequency

(MHz) 826.40 836.40 846.60 1852.40 1880.00 1907.60 Spurious RF Conducted Emission

(dBm)

<-13dBm

<-13dBm

<-13dBm

<-13dBm

<-13dBm

<-13dBm Limits

(dBm)

-13dBm

-13dBm

-13dBm

-13dBm

-13dBm

-13dBm Verdict PASS PASS Page 23 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E Spurious Emssion on Antenna Port UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band V Channel 4132 / 826.4 MHz Channel 4183 / 836.6 MHz 1GHz3GHz 3GHz10GHz 1GHz3GHz 3GHz10GHz 10GHz18GHz 10GHz18GHz Page 24 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E Channel 4233 / 846.6 MHz UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band V 1GHz3GHz 3GHz10GHz 10GHz18GHz Page 25 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E Spurious Emssion on Antenna Port UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band II Channel 9262 /1852.4 MHz Channel 9400 / 1880.0 MHz 30 MHz1GHz 3GHz10GHz 30 MHz1GHz 3GHz10GHz 10GHz20GHz 10GHz20GHz Page 26 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E Channel 9538 / 1907.6 MHz UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band II 30 MHz1GHz 3GHz10GHz 10GHz20GHz 4.6 Frequency Stability Test Page 27 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E TEST APPLICABLE 1. According to FCC Part 2 Section 2.1055 (a)(1), the frequency stability shall be measured with variation of ambient temperature from -30 to +50 centigrade. 2. According to FCC Part 2 Section 2.1055 (E) (2), for battery powered equipment, the frequency stability shall be measured with reducing primary supply voltage to the battery operating end point, which is specified by the manufacture. 3. Vary primary supply voltage from 85 to 115 percent of the nominal value for other than hand carried voltage equipment and the end voltage point was 3.40V. TEST PROCEDURE In order to measure the carrier frequency under the condition of AFC lock, it is necessary to make measurements with the EUT in a call mode. This is accomplished with the use of R&S CMU200 DIGITAL RADIO COMMUNICATION TESTER. 1. Measure the carrier frequency at room temperature;

2. Subject the EUT to overnight soak at -30;

3. With the EUT, powered via nominal voltage, connected to the CMU200 and in a simulated call on middle channel of WCDMA Band V, measure the carrier frequency. These measurements should be made within 2 minutes of Powering up the EUT, to prevent significant self-warming;

4. Repeat the above measurements at 10 increments from -30 to +50. Allow at least 0.5 hours at each temperature, unpowered, before making measurements;

5. Remeasure carrier frequency at room temperature with nominal voltage. Vary supply voltage from minimum voltage to maximum voltage, in 0.1Volt increments remeasuring carrier frequency at each voltage. Pause at nominal voltage for 0.5 hours unpowered, to allow any self-heating to stabilize, before continuing;

6. Subject the EUT to overnight soak at +50;

7. With the EUT, powered via nominal voltage, connected to the CMU200 and in a simulated call on the centre channel, measure the carrier frequency. These measurements should be made within 2 minutes of Powering up the EUT, to prevent significant self-warming;

8. Repeat the above measurements at 10 increments from +50 to -30. Allow at least 0.5 hours at each temperature, unpowered, before making measurements;

9. At all temperature levels hold the temperature to +/- 0.5 during the measurement procedure;

TEST CONFIGURATION TEST LIMITS For Hand carried battery powered equipment According to the JTC standard the frequency stability of the carrier shall be accurate to within 0.1 ppm of the received frequency from the base station. This accuracy is sufficient to meet Sec. 24.235, Frequency Stability. The frequency stability shall be sufficient to ensure that the fundamental emission stays within the authorized Page 28 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E frequency block. As this transceiver is considered "Hand carried, battery powered equipment" Section 2.1055(d)(2) applies. This requires that the lower voltage for frequency stability testing be specified by the manufacturer. This transceiver is specified to operate with an input voltage of between 3.40VDC and 4.20VDC, with a nominal voltage of 3.80DC. Operation above or below these voltage limits is prohibited by transceiver software in order to prevent improper operation as well as to protect components from overstress. These voltages represent a tolerance of -10 % and +12.5 %. For the purposes of measuring frequency stability these voltage limits are to be used. For equipment powered by primary supply voltage According to the JTC standard the frequency stability of the carrier shall be accurate to within 0.1 ppm of the received frequency from the base station. This accuracy is sufficient to meet Sec. 24.235, Frequency Stability. The frequency stability shall be sufficient to ensure that the fundamental emission stays within the authorized frequency block. For this EUT section 2.1055(d)(1) applies. This requires varying primary supply voltage from 85 to 115 percent of the nominal value for other than hand carried battery equipment. TEST RESULTS Temperature

() 20 20 20

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Temperature

() 20 20 20

-30

-20

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band II Frequency Frequency error(ppm) error(Hz) 37 31 42 37 42 26 32 38 37 21 27 21 0.000807

-0.003188

-0.003583

-0.004919

-0.002971

-0.003068

-0.003823 0.004837 0.004602 0.004188

-0.002922 0.000438 UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band V Frequency Frequency error(Hz) error(ppm) 29 27 32 25 15 21 19 23 18 29 27 17 0.000132

-0.002023 0.000332

-0.002741 0.000979

-0.005235

-0.000690

-0.009721

-0.001660 0.002808

-0.004903

-0.006785 Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Limit

(ppm) 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS DC Power 3.40 3.60 4.20 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 DC Power 3.40 3.60 4.20 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 3.60 Page 29 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 4.7 Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) LIMIT The Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) of the transmission may not exceed 13 dB. TEST CONFIGURATION TEST PROCEDURE 1. Refer to instruments analyzer instruction manual for details on how to use the power statistics/CCDF function;

2. Set resolution/measurement bandwidth signals occupied bandwidth;

3. Set the number of counts to a value that stabilizes the measured CCDF curve;

4. Set the measurement interval as follows:

1). for continuous transmissions, set to 1 ms, 2). for burst transmissions, employ an external trigger that is synchronized with the EUT burst timing sequence, or use the internal burst trigger with a trigger level that allows the burst to stabilize and set the measurement interval to a time that is less than or equal to the burst duration. 5. Record the maximum PAPR level associated with a probability of 0.1%. Frequency PAPR Value

(MHz) 1852.40 1880.00 1907.60 826.40 836.60 846.60

(dB) 3.34 3.31 3.26 3.55 3.49 3.57 Limits

(dB) 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 13.0 Verdict PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS TEST RESULTS Test Mode Channel UMTS/TM1/WCDMA Band II UMTS/TM1/

WCDMA Band V 9262 9400 9538 4132 4183 4233 Remark:

1. Test results including cable loss;

2. please refer to following plots;

Page 30 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band V UMTS/TM1/ WCDMA Band II Peak-to-Average Ratio (PAR) Channel 4132 / 826.4 MHz Channel 4183 / 836.4 MHz Channel 9262 / 1852.4 MHz Channel 9400 / 1880.0 MHz Channel 4233 / 846.6 MHz Channel 9538 / 1907.6 MHz Page 31 of 31 Report No.: HK1907111626-6E 5 T e s t S e t u p P h o t o s o f t h e E U T

.....................End of Report.........................

 

 

Conducted Emission Radiated Emissions

 

 

1000 Sylvan Ave. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, United States 07632 LG Electronics USA, Inc. Date: 2019/07/19 FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW Model Number: LM-X210LMW To:

Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD To Whom It May Concern, We,LG Electronics USA, Inc.declare that this EUT (FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW) doesnt have Ad Hoc mode function onnon-US/Canada frequencies. Inaddition.The frequency selection feature is disabled by firmware for devices marked to the US/Canada. For DTS part of this device, only channels 1-11 will be used in North America, Country code selection is disabled. Should you have any questions or comments regarding this matter, please have my best attention. Sincerely, Kyung-Su Han LG Electronics USA, Inc. 1000 Sylvan Ave. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, United States 07632

(201) 266-2215

(201) 816-2003 kyungsu.han@lge.com Name Company:

Address:

Phone:

Fax:

E-Mail:

 

 

FCC TEST REPORT Prepared for :

LG Electronics USA, Inc. 1000 Sylvan Ave. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, United States 07632 FCC ID: ZNFX210LMW Product: 4G Mobile phone Trade Name: LG Model Name: LM-X210LMW Date of Test: Jun 25, 2019 ~ July 11, 2019 Date of Report: July 11, 2019 Report Number: HK1907111626-8E Prepared By :

Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. 1F, B2 Building, Junfeng Zhongcheng Zhizao Innovation Park, Heping Community, Fuhai Street, Bao'an District, Shenzhen, China TEL: +86-755-2302 9901 FAX: +86-755-2302 9901 E-mail: service@cer-mark.com http://www.cer-mark.com Page 2 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E TEST REPORT VERIFICATION LG Electronics USA, Inc. 1000 Sylvan Ave. Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, United States 07632 Applicant Address Manufacturer Address EUT Description

(A) Model No.

(B) Serial No.

(C) Power Supply : DC3.85V By Battery or DC5V from adapter

:

:

: OPTIEMUS ELECTRONICS LIMITED

: D-348, Sector 63, Gautam Budh Nagar, Noida, Uttar Pradesh 201307 India

:

:

: N/A 4G Mobile phone LM-X210LMW Standards ........................ FCC Part 15 Subpart B ANSI C63.4:2014 This device described above has been tested by HUAK, and the test results show that the equipment under test (EUT) is in compliance with Part 15 of FCC Rules. And it is applicable only to the tested sample identified in the report. This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of HUAK, this document may be altered or revised by HUAK, personal only, and shall be noted in the revision of the document. Date of Test ....................................... Date (s) of performance of tests ........ Jun 25, 2019 ~ July 11, 2019 Date of Issue ..................................... July 11, 2019 Test Result ......................................... Pass Testing Engineer Technical Manager

:

:

Authorized Signatory :

(Gary Qian)

(Eden Hu)

(Jason Zhou) Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 3 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 1 . TEST SUMMARY 1.1 TEST FACILITY 1.2 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY 2 . GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT 2.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES 2.3 DESCRIPTION OF TEST SETUP 2.4 DESCRIPTION TEST PERIPHERAL AND EUT PERIPHERAL 2.5 MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENTS LIST 3 . EMC EMISSION TEST 3.1 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 3.1.1 POWER LINE CONDUCTED EMISSION 3.1.2 TEST PROCEDURE 3.1.3 TEST SETUP 3.1.4 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS 3.1.5 TEST RESULTS 3.2 RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 3.2.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 3.2.2 TEST PROCEDURE 3.2.3 TEST SETUP 3.2.4 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS 3.2.5 TEST RESULTS 3.2.6 TEST RESULTS(Above 1GHz) 4 . EUT TEST PHOTO 5. PHOTOS OF THE EUT 4 5 5 6 6 7 8 8 9 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 14 14 14 15 15 16 18 19 20 Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 4 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 1. TEST SUMMARY Test procedures according to the technical standards:

EMC Emission Standard Test Item Limit Judgment Remark FCC Part 15 Subpart B ANSI C63.4:2014 Conducted Emission Radiated Emission Class B Class B PASS PASS NOTE:

(1) N/A denotes test is not applicable in this Test Report

(2) For clients request and manual description, the test will not be executed. Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 5 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 1.1 TEST FACILITY Test Firm Address

: Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd.

: 1F, B2 Building, Junfeng Zhongcheng Zhizao Innovation Park, Fuhai Street, Bao'an District, Shenzhen City, China

: CN1229 Designation Number Test Firm Registration Number:616276 IC Registration No.: 21210 The 3m alternate test site of Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. EMC Laboratory has been registered by Certification and Engineer Bureau of Industry Canada for the performance of with Registration No.: 21210 on May 24, 2016. 1.2 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY The reported uncertainty of measurement y Uwhere expended uncertainty U is based on a standard uncertainty multiplied by a coverage factor of k=2providing a level of confidence of approximately 95 %. Measurement Uncertainty Conducted Emission Expanded Uncertainty Radiated emission expanded uncertainty(9kHz-30MHz) Radiated emission expanded uncertainty(30MHz-1000MHz) Radiated emission expanded uncertainty(Above 1GHz)

= 2.23dB, k=2 3.08dB, k=2

=

= 4.42dB, k=2 4.06dB, k=2

=

Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 6 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 2. GENERAL INFORMATION 2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF EUT Equipment Model Name Serial No 4G Mobile phone LM-X210LMW N/A Model Difference N/A The EUT is a 4G Mobile phone Operating frequency:

Connecting I/O port:

N/A N/A Based on the application, features, or specification exhibited in User's Manual, the EUT is considered as an ITE/Computing Device. More details of EUT technical specification, please refer to the User's Manual. AC Voltage DC3.85V By Battery or DC5V from adapter Product Description Power Source Power Rating Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 7 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 2.2 DESCRIPTION OF TEST MODES To investigate the maximum EMI emission characteristics generates from EUT, the test system was pre-scanning tested base on the consideration of following EUT operation mode or test configuration mode which possible have effect on EMI emission level. Each of these EUT operation mode(s) or test configuration mode(s) mentioned above was evaluated respectively. Pretest Mode Mode 1 Final Test Mode Mode 1 Final Test Mode Mode 1 Description Running For Conducted Test Description Running For Radiated Test Description Running Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 8 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 2.3 DESCRIPTION OF TEST SETUP AC Plug Adapter E-1 EUT 2.4 DESCRIPTION TEST PERIPHERAL AND EUT PERIPHERAL The EUT has been tested as an independent unit together with other necessary accessories or support units. The following support units or accessories were used to form a representative test configuration during the tests. Item Equipment Mfr/Brand Model/Type No. Series No. E-1 4G Mobile phone LG LM-X210LMW N/A Note EUT Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report 1. 2. 3. L.I.S.N. Artificial Mains Network Receiver RF automatic control unit Page 9 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 2.5 MEASUREMENT INSTRUMENTS LIST Item Equipment Manufacturer Model No. Serial No. Last Cal. Cal. Interval R&S R&S ENV216 HKE-002 Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year ESCI 7 HKE-010 Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year Tonscend JS0806-2 HKE-060 Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year 4. Spectrum analyzer 5. Spectrum analyzer 6. 7. EMI Test Receiver Rohde & Schwarz FSP40 N9020A Schwarzbeck BBV 9743 ESCI 7 R&S Agilent Preamplifier 8. 9. 10. 11. Bilog Broadband Antenna Loop Antenna Horn Antenna Pre-amplifier EZ-EMC Pre-amplifier 12. 13. EMI Test Software 14. Power Sensor 15. Spectrum analyzer 16. Signal generator 17. Signal Generator Shielded room 18. Schwarzbeck VULB9163 Schwarzbeck FMZB 1519 Schewarzbeck 9120D B EMCI Agilent Tonscend Agilent Agilent Agilent Agilent Shiel Hong EMC05184 5SE 83051A JS1120-B Version E9300A N9020A N5182A 83630A 4*3*3 HKE-025 HKE-048 HKE-006 HKE-010 Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year HKE-012 Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year HKE-014 Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year HKE-013 Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year HKE-015 Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year HKE-016 Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year HKE-083 Dec. 27, 2018 N/A HKE-086 HKE-048 HKE-029 HKE-028 HKE-039 Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year Dec. 27, 2018 1 Year Dec. 27, 2018 3 Year Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 10 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 3. EMC EMISSION TEST 3.1 CONDUCTED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 3.1.1 POWER LINE CONDUCTED EMISSION (Frequency Range 150KHz-30MHz) FREQUENCY (MHz) 0.15 -0.5 0.50 -5.0 5.0 -30.0 Note:

Class A (dBuV) Class B (dBuV) Quasi-peak 79.00 73.00 73.00 Average 66.00 60.00 60.00 Quasi-peak 66 - 56 *

56.00 60.00 Average 56 - 46 *

46.00 50.00

(1) The tighter limit applies at the band edges.

(2) The limit of " * " marked band means the limitation decreases linearly with the logarithm of the frequency in the range. The following table is the setting of the receiver Receiver Parameters Attenuation Start Frequency Stop Frequency IF Bandwidth Setting 10 dB 0.15 MHz 30 MHz 9 kHz Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 11 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 3.1.2 TEST PROCEDURE a. The EUT was placed 0.4 meters from the horizontal ground plane with EUT being connected to the power mains through a line impedance stabilization network (LISN). All other support equipments powered from additional LISN(s). The LISN provide 50 Ohm/ 50uH of coupling impedance for the measuring instrument. b. Interconnecting cables that hang closer than 40 cm to the ground plane shall be folded back c. I/O cables that are not connected to a peripheral shall be bundled in the center. The end of the and forth in the center forming a bundle 30 to 40 cm long. cable may be terminated, if required, using the correct terminating impedance. The overall length shall not exceed 1 m. d. LISN at least 80 cm from nearest part of EUT chassis. e. For the actual test configuration, please refer to the related Item EUT Test Photos. 3.1.3 TEST SETUP 3.1.4 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS The EUT tested system was configured as the statements of 2.3 Unless otherwise a special operating condition is specified in the follows during the testing. Remark: We tested AC 120V/60Hz and AC 240V/60Hz, the worst case was recorded. Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 12 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 3.1.5 TEST RESULTS EUT Temperature Pressure Test Mode Test Voltage AC120V/60Hz 4G Mobile phone 26 1010hPa Running LM-X210LMW Model Name. Relative Humidity 54%

Test Date :

Phase :

2019-07-11 L Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 13 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E EUT Temperature Pressure Test Mode Test Voltage AC120V/60Hz 4G Mobile phone 26 1010hPa Running LM-X210LMW Model Name. Relative Humidity 54%

Test Date :

Phase :

2019-07-11 N Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 14 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 3.2 RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT 3.2.1 LIMITS OF RADIATED EMISSION MEASUREMENT FREQUENCY (MHz) Class A (at 10m) dBuV/m Class B (at 3m) dBuV/m 30 ~ 88 88 ~ 216 216 ~ 960 Above 960 39.0 43.5 46.5 49.5 40.0 43.5 46.0 54.0 Notes:

(1) The limit for radiated test was performed according to as following:

FCC PART 15B /ICES-003.

(2) The tighter limit applies at the band edges.

(3) Emission level (dBuV/m)=20log Emission level (uV/m). 3.2.2 TEST PROCEDURE a. The measuring distance of at 10 m shall be used for measurements at frequency up to 1GHz. For frequencies above 1GHz, any suitable measuring distance may be used. b. The EUT was placed on the top of a rotating table 0.8 meters above the ground at a 10 meter open area test site. The table was rotated 360 degrees to determine the position of the highest radiation. c. The height of the equipment or of the substitution antenna shall be 0.8 m; the height of the test antenna shall vary between 1 m to 4 m. Both horizontal and vertical polarizations of the antenna are set to make the measurement. d. The initial step in collecting conducted emission data is a spectrum analyzer peak detector mode pre-scanning the measurement frequency range. Significant peaks are then marked and then Quasi Peak detector mode re-measured, above 1G Average detector mode will be instead. e. If the Peak Mode measured value compliance with and lower than Quasi Peak Mode Limit, the EUT shall be deemed to meet QP(AV) Limits and then no additional QP Mode measurement performed. f. For the actual test configuration, please refer to the related Item EUT Test Photos. Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 15 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 3.2.3 TEST SETUP

(A) Radiated Emission Test Set-Up Frequency Below 1 GHz

(B) Radiated Emission Test Set-Up Frequency Above 1GHz 3.2.4 EUT OPERATING CONDITIONS The EUT tested system was configured as the statements of 2.3 Unless otherwise a special operating condition is specified in the follows during the testing. Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 16 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 3.2.5 TEST RESULTS EUT Temperature Pressure Test Mode Test Power 4G Mobile phone 24 1010 hPa Running AC120V/60Hz LM-X210LMW Model Name Relative Humidity 54%

Test Date :

Polarization :

2019-07-11 Horizontal Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 17 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E EUT Temperature Pressure Test Mode Test Power 4G Mobile phone 24 1010 hPa Running AC120V/60Hz LM-X210LMW Model Name Relative Humidity 54%

Test Date :

Polarization :

2019-07-11 Vertical Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 18 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 3.2.6 TEST RESULTS(Above 1GHz) EUT Temperature Pressure Test Mode Test Power 4G Mobile phone 24 1010 hPa N/A N/A LM-X210LMW Model Name Relative Humidity 54%

Test Date :

N/A Note:

1) N/A - denotes test is not applicable in this test report 2) There was not any unintentional transmission in standby mode Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 19 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 4. EUT TEST PHOTO Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report Page 20 of 20 Report No.: HK1907111626-8E 5. PHOTOS OF THE EUT Reference to the reporter : ANNEX A of external photos and ANNEX B of internal photos

-------------------End of report-------------------

Shenzhen HUAK Testing Technology Co., Ltd. FCC Test Report

 

 

Conducted Emission Radiated Emissions